TW201801700A - Nonwoven fabric - Google Patents

Nonwoven fabric Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201801700A
TW201801700A TW106117482A TW106117482A TW201801700A TW 201801700 A TW201801700 A TW 201801700A TW 106117482 A TW106117482 A TW 106117482A TW 106117482 A TW106117482 A TW 106117482A TW 201801700 A TW201801700 A TW 201801700A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
liquid film
liquid
woven fabric
containing portion
fiber
Prior art date
Application number
TW106117482A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI740949B (en
Inventor
Hana Suzuki
Yoshiaki Kabaya
Yuta Sangawa
Original Assignee
Kao Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Kao Corp filed Critical Kao Corp
Publication of TW201801700A publication Critical patent/TW201801700A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI740949B publication Critical patent/TWI740949B/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/51—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers
    • A61F13/511—Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin
    • A61F13/513—Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin characterised by its function or properties, e.g. stretchability, breathability, rewet, visual effect; having areas of different permeability
    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04—BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04H—MAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H13/00—Other non-woven fabrics
    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06—TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06M—TREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M15/00—Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment
    • D06M15/19—Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment with synthetic macromolecular compounds
    • D06M15/37—Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • D06M15/643—Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds containing silicon in the main chain
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/51—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers
    • A61F13/511—Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin

Abstract

A nonwoven fabric, wherein a nonwoven fabric surface has inclusion sections that include a liquid film splitting agent, and non-inclusion sections that do not include the liquid film splitting agent, and when a square with a 5mm side is delineated on the nonwoven fabric surface on which the inclusion sections and the non-inclusion sections are positioned, the nonwoven fabric surface has one or more interfaces between the inclusion sections and the non-inclusion sections within the area of the square.

Description

不織布Non-woven

本發明係關於一種不織布。The present invention relates to a non-woven fabric.

近年來，針對吸收性物品之與肌膚接觸之正面片材所使用之不織布，提出有提高乾爽性等穿著者之穿著感的技術。 例如專利文獻1中記載有針對形成吸收性物品之肌膚接觸片材之不織布，自抑制皮膚斑疹之觀點出發而使之含有護膚劑。欲使不織布之突出部較凹陷部更多地含有該護膚劑，以提高與肌膚之接觸性。 專利文獻2中記載有針對吸收性物品之正面片材，自一面抑制反濕一面提高液體吸收性之觀點出發而以特定比例設置撥水部。 又，專利文獻3中記載有針對尿布等，為了抑制排便附著於穿著者之皮膚，而將與肌膚接觸之頂部片材之外表面進行洗劑被覆。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] [專利文獻1]日本專利特開2012-55409號公報 [專利文獻2]日本專利特開2011-189065號公報 [專利文獻3]日本專利特開2010-75733號公報In recent years, with respect to the non-woven fabric used for the front sheet which is in contact with the skin of an absorbent article, a technique has been proposed to improve the wearability of the wearer such as dryness. For example, Patent Document 1 describes that a non-woven fabric for forming a skin contact sheet of an absorbent article contains a skin care agent from the viewpoint of suppressing skin rash. It is desired that the protruding portion of the non-woven fabric contains the skin care agent more than the recessed portion to improve the contact with the skin. Patent Document 2 describes that a water-repellent portion is provided at a specific ratio for the front sheet of an absorbent article from the viewpoint of improving liquid absorption while suppressing anti-wetting. In addition, Patent Document 3 describes that, in order to prevent defecation from adhering to the wearer's skin, the outer surface of the top sheet that comes into contact with the skin is covered with a lotion. [Prior Art Literature] [Patent Literature] [Patent Literature 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-55409 [Patent Literature 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-189065 [Patent Literature 3] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-75733 Bulletin

本發明提供一種不織布，其表面具有包含液膜開裂劑之含有部、與不包含上述液膜開裂劑之非含有部，且對配置有上述含有部及上述非含有部之不織布表面劃分出邊長5 mm之正方形時，於該正方形區域中具有1個以上之上述含有部與上述非含有部之界面。 又，本發明提供一種不織布，其表面具有包含下述化合物C1之含有部、與不包含下述化合物C1之非含有部，且對配置有上述含有部及上述非含有部之不織布表面劃分出邊長5 mm之正方形時，於該正方形區域中具有1個以上之上述含有部與上述非含有部之界面。 [化合物C1] 對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數為15 mN/m以上之化合物。 又，本發明提供一種不織布，其表面具有包含下述化合物C2之含有部、與不包含下述化合物C2之非含有部，且對配置有上述含有部及上述非含有部之不織布表面劃分出邊長5 mm之正方形時，於該正方形區域中具有1個以上之上述含有部與上述非含有部之界面。 [化合物C2] 對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數大於0 mN/m，對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下之化合物。 本發明之上述及其他特徵及優點係適當參照隨附之圖式，根據下述記載而更為明確。The present invention provides a non-woven fabric having a containing portion containing a liquid film cleaving agent and a non-containing portion not containing the liquid film cleaving agent on its surface, and dividing the side of the surface of the non-woven fabric where the containing portion and the non-containing portion are arranged In the case of a 5 mm square, there is one or more interfaces between the containing portion and the non-containing portion in the square area. The present invention also provides a non-woven fabric having a surface including a containing portion of the following compound C1 and a non-containing portion not containing the following compound C1, and dividing the surface of the non-woven fabric on which the containing portion and the non-containing portion are disposed. When a square is 5 mm long, there is more than one interface between the containing portion and the non-containing portion in the square area. [Compound C1] A compound having a spreading coefficient of 15 mN / m or more for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m. The present invention also provides a non-woven fabric having a surface including a containing portion of the following compound C2 and a non-containing portion not containing the following compound C2, and dividing a surface of the non-woven fabric on which the containing portion and the non-containing portion are disposed. When a square is 5 mm long, there is more than one interface between the containing portion and the non-containing portion in the square area. [Compound C2] A compound having a spreading coefficient greater than 0 mN / m for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m, and a compound having an interfacial tension of less than 20 mN / m for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m. The above and other features and advantages of the present invention will be made clearer by referring to the accompanying drawings as appropriate and from the following description.

本發明係關於一種減少形成於不織布之纖維間之液膜而實現了更高水準之液體殘留減少，並且提高了表面之液體流動防止性之不織布。 於正面片材等所使用之不織布中存在纖維間狹窄之區域。該區域中即便存在可使排泄液(例如尿或經血；亦簡稱為液體)透過之空間，亦由於纖維間之彎液面毛細管力或由血漿蛋白質產生之表面活性、以及較高之血液表面黏性，故而會於纖維間形成穩定之液膜而容易殘留液體。先前之技術無法完全地消除液膜，乾爽性尚有改善之餘地。進而，近年來，除乾爽性以外，消費者亦要求肌膚觸感良好。為此，開始使用較細之纖維。然而，若使用較細之纖維，則纖維間變得更狹窄。由此，更容易產生纖維間之液膜，且液膜變得不易破裂而越發容易殘留液體。 又，吸收對象液不限定於血液。例如尿亦有由磷脂質產生之表面活性，因此與上述同樣地產生液膜而導致液體殘留，作為結果，乾爽性尚有改善之餘地。 如上所述，要求將形成於不織布中之纖維間狹窄之部分之液膜去除之技術。然而，由於液膜之穩定性較高，故而難以去除液膜。又，亦考慮塗佈水溶性之界面活性劑以降低液體之表面張力而去除液膜。然而，若欲將此種界面活性劑用於吸收性物品而實現液膜去除，則有液體亦會透過防液體滲漏性之底層片材之虞。 又，就不織布之液體透過性之觀點而言，不織布之表面需要液體容易滲入纖維間之適度親水性。若不織布表面之親水性過低，則於液體進入纖維間之前，產生不織布表面之液體流動之可能性變高。 本發明之不織布可減少形成於不織布之纖維間之液膜而實現更高水準之液體殘留減少，並且提高表面之液體流動防止性。 作為本發明之不織布之較佳實施形態，例如可列舉如圖1所示之不織布5。再者，本發明之不織布可應用於有關液體吸收之各種物品，例如可用作經期衛生棉、嬰兒用尿布、成人用尿布等吸收性物品之正面片材。 不織布5於不織布表面具有包含液膜開裂劑之含有部6、與不包含上述液膜開裂劑之非含有部7。於不織布5中，將均於長度方向(Y方向)上帶狀延伸之含有部6與非含有部7交替地配置在與上述長度方向正交之寬度方向(X方向)上。即，含有部6與非含有部7形成條紋狀之配置圖案。再者，含有部6及非含有部7之延伸方向並不限於本實施形態中之長度方向，亦可為寬度方向。 上述所謂長度方向，如名稱般，係不織布之相對長度較長之方向，於將不織布作為原料片材而製成輥狀之情形時，或自輥狀之狀態捲出之情形時，意指將該不織布捲出之方向。上述寬度方向係與上述長度方向正交之方向，於上述原料片材之狀態下，意指輥軸方向。又，於已知構成不織布之纖維之配向方向之情形時，可將纖維之配向方向稱為長度方向。此時，上述寬度方向可稱為與纖維之配向方向正交之方向。 又，上述長度方向於不織布之製造階段，意指機械搬出方向(MD：Machine Direction)。上述寬度方向於不織布之製造階段，意指與機械搬出方向正交之寬度方向(CD：Cross Direction)。 進而，於將不織布剪裁為特定尺寸而作為吸收性物品之正面片材之情形時，該不織布之長度方向係與上述吸收性物品之長度方向一致之方向。因此，就防止液漏之觀點而言，較佳為將含有部6及非含有部7之延伸方向以上述長度方向(Y方向)之形式朝向吸收性物品之長度方向進行配置。 於不織布5中，對配置有含有部6及非含有部7之不織布表面劃分出邊長5 mm之正方形8時，於正方形8之區域中具有1個以上之含有部6與非含有部7之界面9。此處所謂「邊長5 mm之正方形」係假定於不織布之表面上流動之液滴、或於穿戴衛生棉時沿著穿著者之身體流淌之液滴之尺寸者。「邊長5 mm之正方形」係對配置有含有部6及非含有部7之不織布表面之區域適當任意地劃分。 因此，不織布5係於表面上任意地劃分出1個或2個以上之上述正方形時，於每個所劃分之正方形區域具有1個以上之含有部6與非含有部7之界面9者，此時，界面9意指處於正方形8之內側者，與正方形8之外周線重疊之線狀之界面9不進行計數。例如於圖2(A)之情形時，判斷處於正方形8之內側區域之界面9之數為7。於圖2(B)之情形時，不將與正方形8之外周線重疊之界面9進行計數，而判斷處於正方形8之內側區域之界面9之數為6。 含有部6與非含有部7係根據有無液膜開裂劑進行區分。再者，於圖1中，為了理解含有部6與非含有部7之配置區域及配置圖案，對含有部6附上花紋而進行表示，但實際上，未必能夠藉由目視加以辨別(以下，圖2～6中相同)。 因此，上述含有部6與非含有部7之區分並非藉由目視，而是藉由以下之方法進行確認。即，將吸油紙貼在不織布5之表面後，載置厚度4 mm之丙烯酸系板，自其上用重物以成為600 g/cm2 之方式施加負荷30秒鐘。施加負荷後，立即將該吸油紙剝離，將該吸油紙置於黑色之襯紙上，利用目視確認顏色之變化。顏色發生變化之部分為包含液膜開裂劑之含有部6，其以外之部分為非含有部7。作為上述之吸油紙，可使用各種者，例如可列舉：Katani Sangyo股份有限公司製造之金箔打紙製法吸油紙。 含有部6所含之所謂液膜開裂劑係指使液體、例如經血等高黏性之液體或尿等排泄液與不織布接觸而形成於不織布之纖維間或纖維表面之液膜開裂，而抑制液膜形成之劑，具有使所形成之液膜開裂之作用、與抑制液膜形成之作用。前者可謂主要作用，後者可謂附屬作用。液膜之開裂係藉由液膜開裂劑之推擠液膜層之一部分使之不穩定化之作用而實現。藉由該液膜開裂劑之作用，液體不會殘留於積層不織布之纖維間之狹窄區域而變得容易通過。即，成為液體透過性優異之不織布。藉此，即便使構成不織布之纖維變細而使纖維間距離變窄，亦兼顧肌膚觸感之柔軟性與液體殘留抑制。 (使液膜消失之性質) 本發明中所使用之液膜開裂劑具有使液膜消失之性質，藉由此種性質，於將該液膜開裂劑應用於以血漿成分為主體之試驗液或人工尿之情形時，可表現出液膜消失效果。人工尿係將具有脲1.940質量%、氯化鈉0.795質量%、硫酸鎂0.110質量%、氯化鈣0.062質量%、硫酸鉀0.197質量%、紅色2號(染料)0.010質量%、水(約96.88質量%)及聚氧乙烯月桂醚(約0.07質量%)之組成之混合物之表面張力調整至53±1 mN/m(23℃)者。此處所謂液膜消失效果包括如下兩種效果，即針對因由試驗液或人工尿所形成之液膜而夾帶空氣之構造體，抑制該構造體之液膜形成，及使所形成之該構造體消失，表現出至少一種效果之劑可謂具有可表現出液膜消失效果之性質。 上述試驗液係自脫纖維馬血(NIPPON BIOTEST股份有限公司製造)提取之液體成分。具體而言，若將100 mL之脫纖維馬血於溫度22℃、濕度65%之條件下靜置1小時，則該脫纖維馬血分離成上層與下層，此時該上層為上述試驗液。上層主要包含血漿成分，下層主要包含血球成分。自分離成上層與下層之脫纖維馬血僅取出上層時，例如可使用移液管(Kensakizai股份有限公司製造)。 關於某劑是否具有上述之「使液膜消失之性質」，係設為容易產生因由應用有該劑之上述試驗液或人工尿所形成之液膜而夾帶空氣之構造體之狀態，根據該情形時該構造體即液膜之量之多少進行判斷。即，將上述試驗液或人工尿調整至溫度25℃，其後向螺旋管(Maruemu股份有限公司製造之No.5，管徑27 mm，總長55 mm)中添加10 g而獲得標準樣品。又，作為測定樣品，獲得於與標準樣品相同者中添加已事先調整至25℃之測定對象之劑0.01 g而成者。將標準樣品與測定樣品分別以於上述螺旋管之上下方向往復2次之方式猛烈地振盪後，迅速地載置於水平面上。藉由該樣品之振盪，而於振盪後之螺旋管之內部形成無上述構造體之液體層(下層)、與形成於該液體層上之包含大量該構造體之構造體層(上層)。於振盪剛結束後經過10秒鐘後，對兩樣品之構造體層之高度(液體層之液面至構造體層上表面之高度)進行測定。然後，於測定樣品之構造體層之高度相對於標準樣品之構造體層之高度成為90%以下之情形時，測定對象之劑被視為具有液膜開裂效果。 本發明中所使用之液膜開裂劑係符合上述性質之單一化合物或將符合上述性質之單一化合物複數種組合而成之混合物、或者藉由複數種化合物之組合而滿足上述性質(可使液膜開裂)之劑。即，所謂液膜開裂劑均指限定於具有基於上述定義之液膜開裂效果者之劑。因此，於應用於吸收性物品中之化合物包含不符合上述定義之第三成分的情形時，與液膜開裂劑進行區分。 再者，關於液膜開裂劑及第三成分，所謂「單一化合物」係包括雖具有相同之組成式，但因重複單元數不同而分子量不同之化合物在內的概念。 作為液膜開裂劑，可自國際公開第2016/098796號之說明書之段落[0007]～[0186]所記載者中適當地選擇使用。 本發明中，所謂不織布之含有部6含有或包含液膜開裂劑，主要指附著於纖維之表面。但是，只要液膜開裂劑殘留於纖維之表面，則可為如內包於纖維內者、或者亦可為如藉由內添而存在於纖維內部者。作為使液膜開裂劑附著於纖維表面之方法，可無特別限制地採用通常使用之各種方法。例如可列舉：軟版印刷、噴墨印刷、凹版印刷、網版印刷、噴霧、刷塗等。其等處理可於利用各種方法使纖維進行纖維網化後進行，其後，亦可於將該纖維網製成不織布後或組入至吸收性物品中後進行。於表面附著有液膜開裂劑之纖維例如藉由熱風送風式乾燥機，而以充分低於纖維樹脂之熔點之溫度(例如120℃以下)進行乾燥。又，於使用上述附著方法而使液膜開裂劑附著於纖維之情形時，係使用視需要使液膜開裂劑溶解於溶劑中而成之包含液膜開裂劑之溶液、或者液膜開裂劑之乳化液、分散液而進行。 關於本發明之液膜開裂劑，為了使不織布具有下述之液膜開裂效果，而必須使液膜開裂劑於接觸於體液時以液狀之形式存在。就該方面而言，本發明之液膜開裂劑之熔點較佳為40℃以下，更佳為35℃以下。進而，本發明之液膜開裂劑之熔點較佳為-220℃以上，更佳為-180℃以上。 液膜開裂劑如下所述，其表面張力小於不織布纖維所使用之先前之親水性處理劑等。即，含有部6之構成纖維之接觸角大於非含有部7之構成纖維之接觸角。因此，含有部6之構成纖維藉由液膜開裂劑而賦予滑動性或疏水性，與無液膜開裂劑之情形時相比，提高處於不織布表面之液體之滑動性。尤其於表面自乾燥狀況最初接受液體時，容易產生液體之表面流出。相對於此，非含有部7由於不具有液膜開裂劑，故而發揮出抑制液體於不織布5之表面流出之作用。 於不織布5中，於相當於液滴之尺寸之正方形區域具有至少1個含有部6與非含有部7之界面。因此，於不織布5之表面，對於1個液滴，重疊至少1組以上之包含液膜開裂劑之含有部6、與不包含液膜開裂劑之非含有部7。於此種重疊時，對於液滴，含有部6之液膜開裂作用、與非含有部之液體流動抑制作用會同時地表現。其結果為，不織布5一面抑制不織布表面之液體流動，一面使進入纖維間而形成之液膜開裂而提高厚度方向之液體透過性。藉此，可一面達成並維持不織布5之較高之液體殘留減少，一面提高液體之表面流動防止性。 再者，關於液膜開裂劑之作用及具體例之詳細內容，於下文進行說明。 關於含有部6之構成纖維之接觸角與非含有部7之構成纖維之接觸角的差，就含有部6上之液滴之外周之內縮容易性、即液滴90之外周之波形化之產生容易性的觀點而言，較佳為5度以上，更佳為10度以上，進而較佳為20度以上。又，就所產生之波形化之維持容易性之觀點而言，上述接觸角之差較佳為70度以下，更佳為50度以下，進而較佳為30度以下。再者，上述接觸角可藉由下述之方法進行測定。 非含有部7之構成纖維之接觸角較佳為90度以下，更佳為80度以下，進而較佳為70度以下。藉此，適度地賦予纖維表面之潤濕性而液體進入纖維間從而容易抑制液體流動，且潤濕之面積增加，而液膜開裂劑變得容易向液膜移動。 又，含有部6之構成纖維之接觸角較佳為110度以下，更佳為90度以下，進而較佳為80度以下。藉此，含有部6之滑動性或疏水性減弱，而存在於不織布表面之液體之表面流出變得不易產生。 上述接觸角之測定可藉由以下方法進行。 即，自不織布之特定部位取出纖維，對水相對於該纖維之接觸角進行測定。作為測定裝置，係使用協和界面科學股份有限公司製造之自動接觸角計MCA-J。於接觸角之測定中使用去離子水。於溫度25度、相對濕度(RH)65%之測定條件下進行。將自噴墨式水滴噴出部(Cluster Technology公司製造，噴出部孔徑為25 μm之脈衝噴射器CTC-25)噴出之液量設定為20微微升，向纖維之正上方滴下水滴。將滴下之情況錄影至連接於水平設置之相機之高速錄影裝置中。關於錄影裝置，就其後進行圖像解析之觀點而言，較理想為安裝有高速擷取裝置之個人電腦。於本測定中，每隔17 msec對圖像進行錄影。於所錄影之影像中，將水滴滴至自不織布取出之纖維時之最初圖像利用附屬軟體FAMAS(設為：軟體之版本為2.6.2，解析手法為液滴法，解析方法為θ/2法，圖像處理演算法為無反射，圖像處理影像模式為圖框，臨限位準為200，且未進行曲率修正)進行圖像解析，算出水滴之接觸於空氣之面與纖維所成之角度，而設為接觸角。自不織布取出之纖維係剪裁為纖維長度1 mm，將該纖維置於接觸角計之樣品台，並水平維持。對每根該纖維測定不同之2個部位之接觸角。對N＝5根之接觸角進行測量直至小數點以下1位，將平均合計10個部位之測定值所得之值(於小數點以下第2位四捨五入)定義為接觸角。 含有部6與非含有部7之配置圖案只要滿足上述正方形8之條件，且能夠兼顧上述之液膜之開裂作用與液滴之表面流動抑制作用，則並不限定於圖1者，可採用各種圖案。例如，即便為相同條紋狀之配置圖案，亦可使延伸方向與圖1有所不同。作為其具體例，可列舉圖3-1(A)所示之在與Y方向正交之X方向上含有部6及非含有部7帶狀延伸之圖案等。 又，亦可為將含有部6非連續地相互隔開地配置者。此時，相互隔開之含有部6之形狀並無特別限定，可採用圓形、矩形、虛線等各種形狀。亦可為將如上述般設為特定形狀之含有部6沿著Y方向及X方向相互隔開地配置之圖案。即，亦可為設為特定形狀之含有部6複數個沿著不織布之長度方向及寬度方向兩方向相互隔開地於複數個方向上分散配置之配置圖案。例如可列舉：如圖3-1(B)所示般使設為圓形(點狀)之含有部6沿著Y方向及X方向相互隔開地配置之圖案等。於該情形時，與含有部6鄰接之部分成為非含有部7。於該圖案中，可使Y方向及X方向上之含有部6間之間距相同，亦可使Y方向及X方向上之含有部6間之間距不同。圖3-1(B)係使縱橫之含有部間之間距固定之圖案。再者，亦可為將非含有部7而並非含有部6設為特定形狀並於複數個方向上分散配置之配置圖案。於該情形時，與非含有部7鄰接之部分成為含有部6。 又，亦可為將含有部6或非含有部7模仿成各種圖形之形狀之配置圖案。例如，亦可將複數個含有部6以波浪線之形式配置，將含有部6間作為非含有部7。亦可為將含有部6設為尺寸不同之複數個楕圓形，並同心圓狀地相互隔開配置之圖案。於該情形時，含有部6間亦成為非含有部。 進而，亦可將含有部6或非含有部7設為更複雜之幾何學形狀。例如亦可如圖3-2(C)般，含有部6包含格子狀等幾何學形狀之複數條線，該含有部6間作為非含有部7。亦可將其反轉，而如圖3-2(D)般，非含有部7包含格子狀等幾何學形狀之複數條線，該非含有部7間作為含有部6。 不織布5更佳為於正方形8之區域存在複數個(2個以上)之界面9。藉由存在複數個界面9，而對橫跨含有部6及非含有部7兩者之液滴發揮較強之束縛作用，而使液體之表面流動更不易產生。該作用具體而言係如下情況。即，界面9係根據液膜開裂劑之有無，所鄰接之含有部6及非含有部7之相互不同之接觸角之交界，由於含有部6之構成纖維之接觸角大於非含有部7之構成纖維之接觸角，且因液膜開裂劑而被賦予滑動性或疏水性，故而液滴之潤濕難以進行。並且，非含有部7之構成纖維之接觸角小於含有部6之構成纖維之接觸角，而與存在液膜開裂劑之情形相比，液滴之潤濕容易進行。藉由該潤濕性之差異，以界面9作為交界，含有部6上之液滴之外周係以如被束縛般，相對於非含有部7上之液滴之外周向內部收縮之方式內縮。藉由存在複數個界面9，而液滴之內縮部位變多，而如圖4所示般，液滴90之外周發生波形化。伴隨著波形化，液滴與不織布5之接觸線之距離增加，而液滴於不織布5之表面上難以移動，從而液滴之表面流動抑制之作用更強地發揮。同時，作為接觸角之交界之界面9因液膜開裂劑而形成，藉此產生使不織布5之纖維間之液膜開裂之作用，而液體於厚度方向之透過性提高。藉此，可一面實現不織布5之較高之液體殘留減少，一面提高液體之表面流動防止性。 又，藉由於正方形8之區域存在複數個界面9，而於不織布平面上，排泄液之液滴或於穿戴吸收性物品時沿著穿著者之身體流淌之液滴與不織布初次接觸時或與不織布接觸後於不織布之表面上流動之過程中，橫跨含有部6及非含有部7兩者之概率變得更高。藉此，上述作用更強地發揮，而可進一步提高不織布之較高之液體殘留減少與液體之表面流動防止性。 於不織布5中，發揮如上述之作用之包含界面9之正方形8之區域可存在於不織布5整體中，亦可存在於不織布5之一部分中。即，液膜開裂劑之含有部6與非含有部7之組合可存在於不織布5之整面，亦可存在於不織布5表面之一部分。 較佳為正方形8之區域至少配置在不織布5之會成為直接接收液體之受液部之位置上。所謂受液部，如其名稱般，於將不織布5用於吸收性物品之情形時，意指接住排泄液之部分。例如於將不織布5作為紙尿布或日用衛生棉之正面片材進行應用之情形時，可認為受液部係該紙尿布或日用衛生棉之長度方向及寬度方向之中央部分。又，於將不織布5作為夜用衛生棉之正面片材進行應用之情形時，可認為受液部係將該夜用衛生棉於長度方向上分割成4個區域之情形時之從前數第2個區域中之長度方向及寬度方向的中央部。此處所謂「前」，於穿戴該夜用衛生棉之情形時係指朝向穿著者之腹部側之方向。尤其於使用不織布5作為吸收性物品之正面片材時，就液體吸收性之觀點而言，上述情況有效。即，對於吸收性物品，為了有效地作用於排泄液，較佳為不織布5之正方形區域存在於與穿著者之排泄部抵接之部分(排泄口抵接部)。排泄口抵接部係視吸收性物品之用途等而不同。例如於圖5所示之附帶側翼之經期衛生棉100中，於正面片材110之與吸收體120重疊之寬度中央位置上，自被側翼130夾住之位置於長度方向上向前後延伸之被防漏溝140所包圍的部分成為排泄口抵接部150。此處，較佳為以配置具有1個以上之界面9之正方形8之區域的方式構成不織布5。 此外，關於不織布5之厚度方向，較佳為至少於接收液體之側之面含有液膜開裂劑。於上述例之正面片材中，較佳為至少於與穿著者之肌膚接觸之肌膚抵接面側含有液膜開裂劑。 又，於不織布5中，較佳為含有部6相對於非含有部7之面積比大於1。其意指於由上述之邊長5 mm之正方形8劃分之區域中之面積比。對於配置有含有部6與非含有部7之不織布表面區域，滿足上述面積比1以上之條件之邊長5 mm之正方形區域存在至少1個即可，較佳為自上述受液部起於與不織布5之長度方向即吸收性物品之長度方向一致之方向之任一位置上存在至少1個該正方形區域。於該情形時，上述「與不織布5之長度方向即吸收性物品之長度方向一致之方向之任一位置」亦包含上述受液部。再者，上述面積比可藉由上述使用吸油紙之方法進行測定。 確認到因面積比大於1而穩定從而液體流動能夠減少。含有部6係以液滴之外周向內部收縮之方式產生內縮之部位，因此於含有部6相對於非含有部7之面積比大於1時，內縮較大，而變得容易產生較大之波形振幅。藉此，液滴與不織布5之接觸線之距離增加，而可提高液滴之表面流動抑制之作用。進而，於不織布5中，因面積比大於1，而於使液體流動停止之液滴進入至纖維間時變得容易受到液膜開裂作用。即，對於不織布5所接到之液體，液膜開裂作用與液體流動防止作用更明確地同時表現，而可一面實現不織布5之較高之液體殘留減少，一面提高液體之表面流動防止性。 關於上述面積比(含有部之面積/非含有部之面積)，就波形之增大之觀點而言，更佳為1.3以上，進而較佳為1.5以上。又，上述面積比之上限並無特別限制。關於液滴之波形化，就維持於含有部6之內縮與於非含有部7之擴大之平衡性之觀點而言，上述面積比較佳為16以下，更佳為10以下，進而較佳為3以下。 進而，於不織布5中，更佳為將含有部6與非含有部7週期性地配置在不織布表面。藉此，將與由具有1個以上之界面9之正方形8所劃分之區域相同者於不織布之平面方向上重複而進行圖案配置。又，於由正方形8劃分之區域滿足「含有部6相對於非含有部7之面積比大於1」之條件之情形時，於上述之週期性配置中，將滿足上述面積比之條件之正方形8之區域於不織布之平面方向上重複而進行圖案配置。例如可列舉上述之圖3-1及3-2所示之配置等。 藉由週期性地進行配置，於由正方形8所劃分之區域中表現出之上述作用會於不織布表面之各地點均質性較高地表現出。即，即便於如接收液體之位置不固定而於每次受液時發生偏移之情形時，亦會有效地表現出所期待之對液滴之束縛作用及纖維間之液膜之開裂作用。藉此，不織布5獲得於廣泛方面優異之液體透過性，而可一面實現較高之液體殘留減少性，一面提高液體之表面流動防止性。 上述情況就於使用不織布5作為吸收性物品之正面片材時液體吸收性之觀點而言有效。於將不織布5作為吸收性物品之正面片材時，即便假設因穿戴方法或日常之動作而液滴之附著部位發生變化，亦可發揮較高之防漏性與液體透過性。藉此，若使用不織布5作為正面片材，則能夠大大地有助於提高吸收性物品之液體吸收性與穿戴感。 又，不織布5中，較佳為含有部6與非含有部7之寬度之和為2500 μm以下。特佳為於由上述邊長5 mm之正方形所劃分之區域中滿足上述寬度之和之條件。藉此，流動之液滴(約5 mm左右)與不織布之接觸線變得容易產生波形化，而可提高液體之表面流動抑制作用。此時，若滿足上述「面積比大於1」之條件，則更為強化由滿足上述寬度之和之條件產生之液體之表面流動抑制作用，故而較佳。 此處，所謂「含有部6之寬度」，係相鄰之非含有部7、7間之最短距離。所謂「非含有部7之寬度」，係相鄰之含有部6、6間之最短距離。例如於條紋狀之圖案配置之情形時，如圖6(A)所示般，含有部6之寬度係相鄰之非含有部7、7間之帶寬6A，非含有部7之寬度係相鄰之含有部6、6間之帶寬7A。又，於如圖6(B)所示般，將含有部6以圓形(點狀)且相互隔著特定間隔地進行排列之圖案配置的情形時，含有部6之寬度係圓之直徑6B，非含有部7之寬度係含有部6、6間之最短距離7B。 上述之寬度可藉由上述使用吸油紙之方法，並基於上述之定義進行測定。 關於上述之含有部6與非含有部7之寬度之和，就液滴之波形化之觀點而言，更佳為2000 μm以下，進而較佳為1500 μm以下。又，上述寬度之和之下限並無特別限制，就波形振幅之增大化之觀點而言，上述寬度之和較佳為100 μm以上，更佳為500 μm以上，進而較佳為1000 μm以上。 繼而，對本發明之不織布之含有部所含之液膜開裂劑的較佳實施形態進行說明。 第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數為15 mN/m以上。再者，有將具有第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑之性質之化合物稱為化合物C1之情況。並且，該液膜開裂劑較佳為水溶解度為0 g以上且0.025 g以下。第1實施形態之不織布包含上述液膜開裂劑。 液膜開裂劑所具有之「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數」係指對假定為如上述之經血或尿等排泄液之液體之展佈係數。該所謂「展佈係數」，係根據於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中藉由下述之測定方法而獲得之測定值，基於下述數式(1)而求出之值。再者，數式(1)中之液膜意指「表面張力為50 mN/m之液體」之液相，且包括於纖維間或纖維表面已將膜展開之狀態之液體、及將膜展開之前之狀態之液體兩者，亦簡稱為液體。又，數式(1)之表面張力意指液膜及液膜開裂劑與氣相之界面上之界面張力，與液相間之液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力有所區別。該區別於本說明書之其他記載中亦相同。 S＝γw －γo －γwo (1) γw ：液膜(液體)之表面張力 γo ：液膜開裂劑之表面張力 γwo ：液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力 根據數式(1)可知，液膜開裂劑之展佈係數(S)會因液膜開裂劑之表面張力(γo )變小而變大，且會因液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力(γwo )變小而變大。藉由該展佈係數為15 mN/m以上，而液膜開裂劑成為於纖維間之狹窄區域中所產生之液膜之表面上的移動性、即擴散性較高者。就該觀點而言，上述液膜開裂劑之展佈係數更佳為20 mN/m以上，進而較佳為25 mN/m以上，尤佳為30 mN/m以上。另一方面，其上限並無特別限制，但根據數式(1)，於使用表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之情形時上限值成為50 mN/m；於使用表面張力為60 mN/m之液體之情形時上限值成為60 mN/m；於使用表面張力為70 mN/m之液體之情形時上限值成為70 mN/m，因此形成液膜之液體之表面張力會成為上限。因此，於本發明中，就使用表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之觀點而言，展佈係數之上限為50 mN/m以下。 液膜開裂劑所具有之所謂「水溶解度」，係液膜開裂劑能夠溶解於去離子水100 g中之質量(g)，且係基於下述之測定方法，於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中所測定之值。藉由該水溶解度為0 g以上且0.025 g以下，而液膜開裂劑難以溶解而形成與液膜之界面，從而更有效地發揮上述擴散性。就同樣之觀點而言，液膜開裂劑之水溶解度較佳為0.0025 g以下，更佳為0.0017 g以下，進而較佳為未達0.0001 g。又，上述水溶解度越小越佳，且為0 g以上，就向液膜之擴散性之觀點而言，實際上設為1.0×10-9 g以上。再者，認為上述之水溶解性亦完全適用於以水分作為主成分之經血或尿等。 上述之液膜(表面張力為50 mN/m之液體)之表面張力(γw )、液膜開裂劑之表面張力(γo )、液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力(γwo )、及液膜開裂劑之水溶解度係藉由以下之方法進行測定。 再者，於測定對象之不織布為組入至生理用品或拋棄式尿布等吸收性物品中之構件(例如，正面片材)的情形時，以下述方式取出並進行測定。即，針對吸收性物品，利用冷噴塗等冷卻方法減弱測定對象之構件與其他構件之接合所使用之接著劑等後，小心地剝離測定對象之構件而取出。該取出方法係適用於下述之纖維間距離及纖度之測定等有關本發明之不織布之測定。 又，於對附著於纖維之液膜開裂劑進行測定之情形時，首先，利用己烷或甲醇、乙醇等洗淨液將附著有液膜開裂劑之纖維洗淨，使該洗淨所使用之溶劑(包含液膜開裂劑之洗淨用溶劑)乾燥後取出。此時之所取出之物質之質量係適用於算出液膜開裂劑相對於纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)時。於所取出之物質之量對於測定表面張力或界面張力而言較少之情形時，根據所取出之物質之構成物而選擇適當之管柱及溶劑，之後利用高效液相層析法對各成分進行區分，進而針對各組分，進行MS(mass spectrometry，質譜分析)測定、NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance，核磁共振)測定、元素分析等，藉此鑑定各組分之結構。又，於液膜開裂劑包含高分子化合物之情形時，藉由併用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)等方法而變得更容易進行構成成分之鑑定。並且，若該物質為市售品，則進行採購，若該物質並非市售品，則進行合成，藉此取得充分之量，而對表面張力或界面張力進行測定。尤其於測定表面張力與界面張力時，於以上述方式取得之液膜開裂劑為固體之情形時，係加熱至該液膜開裂劑之熔點＋5℃而使之相轉移為液體，並於該溫度條件下直接實施測定。 (液膜(液體)之表面張力(γw )之測定方法) 可於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中藉由平板法(Wilhelmy法)而使用鉑平板進行測定。作為此時之測定裝置，可使用自動表面張力計「CBVP-Z」(商品名，協和界面科學股份有限公司製造)。鉑平板係使用純度99.9%、尺寸為長25 mm、寬10 mm者。 再者，於關於液膜開裂劑之下述測定中，係使用上述之測定方法，且上述之「表面張力為50 mN/m之液體」係使用如下溶液，該溶液係於去離子水中添加作為非離子系界面活性物質之聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單月桂酸酯(例如，花王股份有限公司製造，商品名RHEODOL SUPER TW-L120)而將表面張力調整至50±1 mN/m所得。 (液膜開裂劑之表面張力(γo )之測定方法) 可以與液膜之表面張力(γw )之測定相同之方式於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中藉由平板法，使用相同之裝置進行測定。進行該測定時，於如上述般所取得之液膜開裂劑為固體之情形時，係加熱至該液膜開裂劑之熔點＋5℃而使之相轉移為液體，並於該溫度條件下直接實施測定。 (液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力(γwo )之測定方法) 可於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中藉由懸滴法進行測定。作為此時之測定裝置，可使用自動界面黏彈性測定裝置(TECLIS-ITCONCEPT公司製造，商品名THE TRACKER；或者KRUSS公司，商品名DSA25S)。於懸滴法中，於形成滴劑之同時表面張力為50 mN/m之液體所包含之非離子系界面活性物質之吸附開始，隨著時間經過而界面張力降低。因此，讀取形成滴劑時(0秒時)之界面張力。又，進行該測定時，於如上述般所取得之液膜開裂劑為固體之情形時，係加熱至該液膜開裂劑之熔點＋5℃而使之相轉移為液體，並於該溫度條件下直接實施測定。 又，測定界面張力時，於液膜開裂劑與表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之密度差非常小之情形時、或黏度非常高之情形時，若界面張力值為懸滴劑之測定極限以下，則有利用懸滴法之界面張力測定變困難之情形。於該情形時，可藉由於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中利用旋滴劑法進行測定而實現測定。作為此時之測定裝置，可使用旋滴劑界面張力計(KRUSS公司製造，商品名SITE100)。又，關於該測定，亦讀取滴劑之形狀穩定時之界面張力，於所取得之液膜開裂劑為固體之情形時，係加熱至該液膜開裂劑之熔點＋5℃而使之相轉移為液體，並於該溫度條件下直接實施測定。 再者，於利用上述兩種測定裝置均可測定界面張力之情形時，採用更小之界面張力值作為測定結果。 (液膜開裂劑之水溶解度之測定方法) 於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中一面利用攪拌器攪拌100 g之去離子水一面使所取得之液膜開裂劑慢慢地溶解，將不再溶解(可見懸浮或沈澱、析出、白濁)之時點之溶解量設為水溶解度。具體而言，以每次0.0001 g之方式添加劑而進行測定。其結果為，觀察到連0.0001 g都未溶解者係設為「未達0.0001 g」，觀察到溶解0.0001 g但未溶解0.0002 g者係設為「0.0001 g」。再者，於液膜開裂劑為界面活性劑之情形時，所謂「溶解」，意指單分散溶解與膠束分散溶解兩者，可見懸浮或沈澱、析出、白濁之時點之溶解量成為水溶解度。 本實施形態之液膜開裂劑具有上述之展佈係數與水溶解度，藉此於液膜之表面上不會溶解而擴散，而可自液膜之中心附近推開液膜之層。藉此，使液膜不穩定而使之開裂。 此處，參照圖7及8，對本實施形態之液膜開裂劑於不織布中之作用具體地進行說明。 如圖7所示般，於纖維間之狹窄區域中，經血等黏性較高之液體或尿等排泄液容易於液膜2上展開。針對此，液膜開裂劑係以下述方式使液膜不穩定而將之破膜，從而抑制液膜形成而促進自不織布中之排液。首先，如圖8(A1)及(B1)所示般，不織布之纖維1所具有之液膜開裂劑3於保持與液膜2之界面之狀態下於液膜2之表面上移動。繼而，液膜開裂劑3係如圖8(A2)及(B2)所示般，推開液膜2之一部分並向厚度方向滲入，並如圖8(A3)及(B3)所示般，慢慢地使液膜2變得不均勻並使之向較薄之膜變化。其結果為，液膜2係如圖8(A4)及(B4)所示般以裂開方式出現空隙而開裂。開裂之經血等液體成為液滴，再者變得容易通過不織布之纖維間從而減少液體殘留。又，關於上述之液膜開裂劑對於液膜之作用，並不限定於針對纖維間之液膜之情形，亦同樣地對纏繞於纖維表面之液膜發揮作用。即，液膜開裂劑可於纏繞於纖維表面之液膜上移動，從而推開該液膜之一部分而使液膜開裂。又，針對纏繞於纖維表面之液膜，液膜開裂劑即便不於附著於纖維之位置上移動，亦會因其疏水作用而使液膜開裂，從而可抑制液膜形成。 如上所述，本發明之液膜開裂劑並不會降低液膜之表面張力等即進行液改質，而是一面推開纖維間或纖維表面所產生之液膜本身一面使之開裂，而抑制液膜形成，藉此促進液體自不織布中之排液。藉此，可減少不織布之液體殘留。又，若將此種不織布作為正面片材組入至吸收性物品中，則抑制纖維間之液體滯留，而確保直至吸收體之液體透過通路。藉此，液體之透過性提高，於片材表面之液體流動得到抑制，而液體之吸收速度提高。尤其是可提高黏性較高之經血等容易殘留於纖維間之液體之吸收速度。並且，正面片材中之紅色等污染不易顯眼，而成為可確實感覺到吸收力之安心且可靠性較高之吸收性物品。 於本實施形態中，上述液膜開裂劑進而較佳為對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下。即，規定上述數式(1)中之展佈係數(S)之值的作為1變數之「液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力(γwo )」較佳為20 mN/m以下。藉由將「液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力(γwo )」抑制為較低，而液膜開裂劑之展佈係數提高，從而液膜開裂劑變得容易自纖維表面向液膜中心附近移動，從而上述之作用變得更明顯。就該觀點而言，液膜開裂劑之「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力」更佳為17 mN/m以下，進而較佳為13 mN/m以下，進而更佳為10 mN/m以下，特佳為9 mN/m以下，尤佳為1 mN/m以下。另一方面，其下限並無特別限制，就對液膜之不溶性之觀點而言，只要大於0 mN/m即可。再者，於界面張力為0 mN/m、即進行溶解之情形時，由於無法形成液膜與液膜開裂劑間之界面，故而數式(1)不成立，而劑之擴張不會發生。 關於展佈係數，根據其數式亦可知，其數值會根據成為對象之液體之表面張力而發生變化。例如於對象液之表面張力為72 mN/m、液膜開裂劑之表面張力為21 mN/m、其等之界面張力為0.2 mN/m之情形時，展佈係數成為50.8 mN/m。 又，於對象液之表面張力為30 mN/m、液膜開裂劑之表面張力21 mN/m、其等之界面張力為0.2 mN/m之情形時，展佈係數成為8.8 mN/m。 於任一種情形時，均越為展佈係數較大之劑，液膜開裂效果變得越佳。 於本說明書中，定義了表面張力50 mN/m時之數值，但即便表面張力不同，其各物質彼此之展佈係數之數值之大小關係亦不會變化，因此即便假設體液之表面張力因每天之身體狀況等而發生變化，亦越為展佈係數較大之劑，越表現出優異之液膜開裂效果。 又，於本實施形態中，液膜開裂劑之表面張力較佳為32 mN/m以下，更佳為30 mN/m以下，進而較佳為25 mN/m以下，尤佳為22 mN/m以下。又，上述表面張力越小越佳，其下限並無特別限定。就液膜開裂劑之耐久性之觀點而言，實際上為1 mN/m以上。 藉由將液膜開裂劑之表面張力設為如上述之範圍以下，而即便於在液膜上擴展之對象液之表面張力降低之情形時，亦可有效地發揮液膜開裂作用。 繼而，對第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑進行說明。 第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑其對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數大於0 mN/m，即為正之值，且對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下。再者，有將具有第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑之性質之化合物稱為化合物C2的情況。然後，該液膜開裂劑較佳為水溶解度為0 g以上且0.025 g以下。 第2實施形態之不織布包含上述液膜開裂劑。將上述「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力」設為20 mN/m以下係意指如上述般液膜開裂劑於液膜上之擴散性提高。藉此，即便於如上述「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數」未達15 mN/m之展佈係數相對較小之情形時，亦由於擴散性較高，故而自纖維表面較多之液膜開裂劑分散至液膜內，而於較多位置推開液膜，藉此可發揮與第1實施形態之情形同樣之作用。 再者，關於液膜開裂劑之所謂「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數」、「水溶解度」及「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力」，係與第1實施形態中所定義者相同，且其等之測定方法亦相同。 於本實施形態中，就更有效地發揮液膜開裂劑之上述作用之觀點而言，上述「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力」較佳為17 mN/m以下，更佳為13 mN/m以下，進而較佳為10 mN/m以下，進而更佳為9 mN/m以下，特佳為1 mN/m以下。關於下限值，與第1實施形態同樣地並無特別限制，就不會溶解於液膜(表面張力為50 mN/m之液體)之觀點而言，實際上大於0 mN/m。 又，關於「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數」，就更有效地發揮液膜開裂劑之上述作用之觀點而言，較佳為9 mN/m以上，更佳為10 mN/m以上，進而較佳為15 mN/m以上。其上限並無特別限制，就根據數式(1)，形成液膜之液體之表面張力成為上限之觀點而言，實際上為50 mN/m以下。 又，液膜開裂劑之表面張力及水溶解度之更佳範圍係與第1實施形態相同。 第1實施形態之包含液膜開裂劑之不織布及第2實施形態之包含液膜開裂劑之不織布較佳為進而含有磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑。藉此，纖維表面之親水性提高，而潤濕性提高，藉此液膜與液膜開裂劑所接觸之面積變大；並且，由於血液或尿具有源自活體之具有磷酸基之界面活性物質，故而藉由併用具有磷酸基之界面活性劑，而因活性劑之相溶性，進而與血液或尿所包含之磷脂質之親和性亦良好，因此液膜開裂劑變得容易向液膜移動，而進一步促進液膜之開裂。液膜開裂劑與磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之含有比率以質量比(液膜開裂劑：磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑)計較佳為1：1～19：1，更佳為2：1～15：1，進而較佳為3：1～10：1。特別是上述含有比率以質量比計較佳為5：1～19：1，更佳為8：1～16：1，進而較佳為11：1～13：1。 作為磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑，可無特別限制地使用。例如作為其具體例，可列舉：烷基醚磷酸酯、磷酸二烷基酯、磷酸烷基酯等。其中，就於提高與液膜之親和性之同時賦予不織布之加工性之功能的觀點而言，較佳為磷酸烷基酯。 作為烷基醚磷酸酯，可無特別限制地使用各種者。例如可列舉：聚氧伸烷基硬脂基醚磷酸酯、聚氧伸烷基肉豆蔻基醚磷酸酯、聚氧伸烷基月桂基醚磷酸酯、聚氧伸烷基棕櫚基醚磷酸酯等具有飽和碳鏈者；或聚氧伸烷基油醯基醚磷酸酯、聚氧伸烷基軟脂醯基醚磷酸酯等具有不飽和碳鏈及於其等碳鏈具有支鏈者。更佳為碳鏈為16～18之單或二聚氧伸烷基烷基醚磷酸酯之完全中和或部分中和鹽。又，作為聚氧伸烷基，可列舉：聚氧伸乙基、聚氧伸丙基、聚氧伸丁基及將其等構成單體共聚合而成者等。再者，作為烷基醚磷酸酯之鹽，可列舉：鈉或鉀等鹼金屬、氨、各種胺類等。烷基醚磷酸酯可單獨使用一種或混合兩種以上使用。 作為磷酸烷基酯之具體例，可列舉：磷酸硬脂酯、磷酸肉豆蔻酯、磷酸月桂酯、磷酸棕櫚酯等具有飽和碳鏈者；或磷酸油醯酯、磷酸軟脂醯酯等具有不飽和碳鏈及於其等碳鏈具有支鏈者。更佳為碳鏈為16～18之磷酸單烷基酯或磷酸二烷基酯之完全中和或部分中和鹽。再者，作為磷酸烷基酯之鹽，可列舉：鈉或鉀等鹼金屬、氨、各種胺類等。磷酸烷基酯可單獨使用一種或混合兩種以上使用。 繼而，對第1實施形態及第2實施形態中之液膜開裂劑之具體例進行說明。藉由其等處於上述之特定之數值範圍內，而不會溶解於水或具有水難溶性之性質，從而發揮上述液膜開裂之作用。相對於此，先前之用作纖維處理劑之界面活性劑等係實用上溶解於水中而使用之基本上水溶性者，而並非本發明之液膜開裂劑。 作為第1實施形態及第2實施形態中之液膜開裂劑，較佳為質量平均分子量為500以上之化合物。該質量平均分子量會對液膜開裂劑之黏度產生較大影響。液膜開裂劑係保持黏度較高，因此液體於通過纖維間時不易流下，從而可保持不織布中之液膜開裂效果之持續性。就設為充分地持續液膜開裂效果之黏度之觀點而言，液膜開裂劑之質量平均分子量更佳為1000以上，進而較佳為1500以上，尤佳為2000以上。另一方面，就設為保持液膜開裂劑自配有液膜開裂劑之纖維向液膜移動、即擴散性之黏度的觀點而言，較佳為50000以下，更佳為20000以下，進而較佳為10000以下。該質量平均分子量之測定係使用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)「CCPD」(商品名，Tosoh股份有限公司製造)進行測定。測定條件係如下所述。又，換算分子量之計算係以聚苯乙烯進行。 分離管柱：GMHHR-H＋GMHHR-H(陽離子) 溶離液：L Farmin DM20/CHCl3 溶劑流速：1.0 ml/min 分離管柱溫度：40℃ 又，作為第1實施形態中之液膜開裂劑，較佳為如下述般具有選自由下述之結構X、X-Y、及Y-X-Y所組成之群中之至少1種結構之化合物。 結構X表示將＞C(A)-(C表示碳原子。又，＜、＞及-表示鍵結鍵。以下相同)、-C(A)2 -、-C(A)(B)-、＞C(A)-C(R1 )＜、＞C(R1 )-、-C(R1 )(R2 )-、-C(R1 )2 -、＞C＜及-Si(R1 )2 O-、-Si(R1 )(R2 )O-中之任一種基本結構重複、或者組合2種以上而成之結構之矽氧烷鏈、或其混合鏈。於結構X之末端具有氫原子、或選自由-C(A)3 、-C(A)2 B、-C(A)(B)2 、-C(A)2 -C(R1 )3 、-C(R1 )2 A、-C(R1 )3 、及-OSi(R1 )3 、-OSi(R1 )2 (R2 )、-Si(R1 )3 、-Si(R1 )2 (R2 )所組成之群中之至少1種基。 上述之R1 或R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲氧基、乙氧基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6～20。例如較佳為苯基)、鹵素原子(例如較佳為氟原子)等各種取代基。A、B分別獨立地表示羥基或羧酸基、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、苯酚基等包含氧原子或氮原子之取代基。於結構X內R1 、R2 、A、B各自存在複數個之情形時，其等相互可相同亦可不同。又，所連接之C(碳原子)或Si間之鍵通常為單鍵，但亦可包含雙鍵或三鍵，C或Si間之鍵亦可包含醚基(-O-)、醯胺基(-CONRA -：RA 係氫原子或一價基)、酯基(-COO-)、羰基(-CO-)、碳酸酯基(-OCOO-)等連結基。一個C及Si與另一個C或Si鍵結之數量為1個～4個，因此亦可存在長鏈之聚矽氧鏈(矽氧烷鏈)或混合鏈分支，或者具有放射狀之結構之情形。 Y表示包含選自氫原子、碳原子、氧原子、氮原子、磷原子、硫原子中之原子的具有親水性之親水基。例如為羥基、羧酸基、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、苯酚基、聚氧伸烷基(氧伸烷基之碳數較佳為1～4。例如較佳為聚氧伸乙(POE)基、聚氧伸丙(POP)基)、磺酸基、硫酸基、磷酸基、磺基甜菜鹼基、羰基甜菜鹼基、膦基甜菜鹼基(其等甜菜鹼基係指自各甜菜鹼化合物去除1個氫原子而成之甜菜鹼殘基)、四級銨基等親水基單獨、或者包含其組合之親水基等。除其等以外，亦可列舉於下述之M1 中所列舉之基及官能基。再者，於Y為複數個之情形時，相互可相同亦可不同。 結構X-Y及Y-X-Y中，Y係鍵結於X、或X之末端之基。於Y鍵結於X之末端之基之情形時，X之末端之基例如將同與Y之鍵結數相同數量之氫原子等去除而與Y鍵結。 於該結構中，自具體說明過之基中選擇親水基Y、A、B而可滿足上述之展佈係數、水溶解度、界面張力。如此表現出目標之液膜開裂效果。 上述之液膜開裂劑較佳為結構X為矽氧烷結構之化合物。進而液膜開裂劑較佳為包含將作為上述之結構X、X-Y、Y-X-Y之具體例之下述(1)～(11)式所表示的結構任意地組合而成之矽氧烷鏈的化合物。進而，就液膜開裂作用之觀點而言，較佳為該化合物具有上述範圍之質量平均分子量。 [化1]

Figure TW201801700AD00001
式(1)～(11)中，M1 、L1 、R21 、及R22 表示以下之1價或多價(2價或2價以上)之基。R23 、及R24 表示以下之1價或多價(2價或2價以上)之基、或單鍵。 M1 表示具有聚氧伸乙基、聚氧伸丙基、聚氧伸丁基、或將其等組合而成之聚氧伸烷基的基；或赤藻糖醇基、木糖醇基、山梨糖醇基、甘油基或乙二醇基等具有複數個羥基之親水基(自赤藻糖醇等具有複數個羥基之上述化合物去除1個氫原子而成之親水基)、羥基、羧酸基、巰基、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～20；例如較佳為甲氧基)、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、苯酚基、磺酸基、四級銨基、磺基甜菜鹼基、羥基磺基甜菜鹼基、膦基甜菜鹼基、咪唑鎓甜菜鹼基、羰基甜菜鹼基、環氧基、甲醇基、(甲基)丙烯酸基、或將其等組合而成之官能基。再者，於M1 為多價基之情形時，M1 表示自上述各基或官能基進而去除1個以上之氫原子而成之基。 L1 表示醚基、胺基(可作為L1 採用之胺基係由＞NRC (RC 表示氫原子或一價基)表示)、醯胺基、酯基、羰基、碳酸酯基之鍵結基。 R21 、R22 、R23 、及R24 分別獨立地表示烷基(較佳為碳數1～20；例如較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～20；例如較佳為甲氧基、乙氧基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6～20；例如較佳為苯基)、氟烷基、或芳烷基、或者將其等組合而成之烴基、或者鹵素原子(例如較佳為氟原子)。再者，於R22 及R23 為多價基之情形時，係表示自上述烴基進而去除1個以上之氫原子或氟原子而成之多價烴基。 又，於R22 或R23 與M1 鍵結之情形時，可作為R22 或R23 採用之基除上述各基、上述烴基或鹵素原子外，亦可列舉可作為R32 採用之亞胺基。 關於液膜開裂劑，其中，較佳為如下化合物，該化合物具有(1)、(2)、(5)及(10)式中之任一者所表示之結構作為X，且具有其等式以外之上述式中之任一者所表示之結構作為X之末端、或包含X之末端與Y之基。進而較佳為如下化合物，該化合物包含具有X、或包含X之末端與Y之基由上述(2)、(4)、(5)、(6)、(8)及(9)式中之任一者所表示之結構至少1個的矽氧烷鏈。 作為上述化合物之具體例，可列舉聚矽氧系界面活性劑之有機改性聚矽氧(聚矽氧烷)。例如作為經反應性之有機基改性之有機改性聚矽氧，可列舉：胺基改性者、環氧改性者、羧基改性者、二醇改性者、甲醇改性者、(甲基)丙烯酸基改性者、巰基改性者、酚改性者。又，作為經非反應性之有機基改性之有機改性聚矽氧，可列舉：聚醚改性者(包括聚氧伸烷基改性者)、甲基苯乙烯基改性者、長鏈烷基改性者、高級脂肪酸酯改性者、高級烷氧基改性者、高級脂肪酸改性者、氟改性者等。視其等有機改性之種類，例如可藉由適當變更聚矽氧鏈之分子量、改性率、改性基之加成莫耳數等而獲得發揮出上述之液膜開裂作用之展佈係數。此處，所謂「長鏈」係指碳數為12以上、較佳為12～20者。又，所謂「高級」係指碳數為6以上、較佳為6～20者。 其中，聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧或環氧改性聚矽氧、甲醇改性聚矽氧、二醇改性聚矽氧等作為改性聚矽氧之液膜開裂劑較佳為具有於改性基中具有至少一個氧原子之結構之改性聚矽氧，尤佳為聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧。聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧由於具有聚矽氧烷鏈，故而難以滲透至纖維之內部而容易殘留於表面。又，因加成有親水性之聚氧伸烷基鏈，故而與水之親和性提高，而界面張力較低，因此容易於上述之液膜表面上移動，故而較佳。因此，容易於上述之液膜表面上移動，故而較佳。又，即便實施壓紋等熱熔融加工，於該部分聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧亦容易殘留於纖維之表面從而液膜開裂作用不易降低。尤其於液體容易蓄積之壓紋部分，液膜開裂作用會充分地表現，故而較佳。 作為聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧，可列舉下述式[I]～[IV]所表示者。進而，就液膜開裂作用之觀點而言，較佳為該聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧具有上述範圍之質量平均分子量。 [化2]
Figure TW201801700AD00002
[化3]
Figure TW201801700AD00003
[化4]
Figure TW201801700AD00004
[化5]
Figure TW201801700AD00005
式中，R31 表示烷基(較佳為碳數1～20；例如較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基)。R32 表示單鍵或伸烷基(較佳為碳數1～20；例如較佳為亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基)，較佳為表示上述伸烷基。複數個R31 、複數個R32 各自相互可相同亦可不同。M11 表示具有聚氧伸烷基之基，較佳為聚氧伸烷基。作為上述之聚氧伸烷基，可列舉：聚氧伸乙基、聚氧伸丙基、聚氧伸丁基、或將其等構成單體共聚合而成者等。m、n分別獨立為1以上之整數。再者，其等重複單元之符號係於各式(I)～(IV)中分別決定者，未必表示相同整數，亦可不同。 又，聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧亦可具有聚氧伸乙基改性基及聚氧伸丙基改性基中之任一者或兩者。又，為了不溶於水且具有較低之界面張力，較理想為於聚矽氧鏈之烷基R31 具有甲基。作為具有該改性基、聚矽氧鏈者，並無特別限制，例如存在日本專利特開2002-161474之段落[0006]及[0012]所記載者。更具體而言，可列舉：聚氧伸乙基(POE)聚氧伸丙基(POP)改性聚矽氧、或聚氧伸乙基(POE)改性聚矽氧、聚氧伸丙基(POP)改性聚矽氧等。作為POE改性聚矽氧，可列舉：加成有3莫耳之POE之POE(3)改性二甲基聚矽氧等。作為POP改性聚矽氧，可列舉：加成有10莫耳、12莫耳、或24莫耳之POP之POP(10)改性二甲基聚矽氧、POP(12)改性二甲基聚矽氧、POP(24)改性二甲基聚矽氧等。 關於上述之第1實施形態之展佈係數與水溶解度，於聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧之情況下例如可根據聚氧伸烷基之加成莫耳數(對聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧1莫耳之形成聚氧伸烷基之氧伸烷基之鍵結數)、下述改性率等而設為特定之範圍。於該液膜開裂劑中，亦可與表面張力及界面張力同樣地分別設為特定之範圍。 就上述觀點而言，較佳為該聚氧伸烷基之加成莫耳數為1以上者。若未達1，則對於上述之液膜開裂作用而言，由於界面張力變高而展佈係數變小，因此液膜開裂效果變弱。就該觀點而言，加成莫耳數更佳為3以上，進而較佳為5以上。另一方面，若加成莫耳數過多，則變得親水而水溶解度變高。就該觀點而言，加成莫耳數較佳為30以下，更佳為20以下，進而較佳為10以下。 關於改性聚矽氧之改性率，若過低，則有損親水性，因此較佳為5%以上，更佳為10%以上，進而較佳為20%以上。又，若過高，則會溶解於水中，因此較佳為95%以下，更佳為70%以下，進而較佳為40%以下。再者，所謂上述改性聚矽氧之改性率，係改性聚矽氧1分子中之經改性之矽氧烷鍵結部之重複單元之個數相對於矽氧烷鍵結部之重複單元之總個數的比率。例如於上述式[I]及[IV]中為(n/m＋n)×100%，於式[II]中為(2/m)×100%，於式[III]中為(1/m)×100%。 又，關於上述之展佈係數及水溶解度，於聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧之情況下除上述者以外，亦可分別藉由如下方式等而設定為特定之範圍：併用水可溶性之聚氧伸乙基與水不溶性之聚氧伸丙基及聚氧伸丁基作為改性基；使水不溶性之聚矽氧鏈之分子量變化；及除聚氧伸烷基改性基外，亦導入胺基、環氧基、羧基、羥基、甲醇基等作為改性基等。 該可用作液膜開裂劑之聚伸烷基改性聚矽氧以相對於纖維質量之含有比率(Oil Per Unit)計較佳為含有0.02質量%以上且5質量%以下。該聚伸烷基改性聚矽氧之含有比率(OPU)更佳為1質量%以下，進而較佳為0.4質量%以下。藉此，不織布成為觸感較佳者。又，就充分地發揮利用該聚伸烷基改性聚矽氧之液膜開裂效果之觀點而言，上述含有比率(OPU)更佳為0.04質量%以上，進而較佳為0.1質量%以上。 再者，此處所謂纖維質量，意指包含含有部6及非含有部7之不織布整體之纖維質量(以下所說明之含有比率(OPU)亦相同)。 作為第2實施形態中之液膜開裂劑，較佳為如下述般具有選自由下述之結構Z、Z-Y、及Y-Z-Y所組成之群中之至少1種結構之化合物。 結構Z表示將＞C(A)-(C：碳原子)、-C(A)2 -、-C(A)(B)-、＞C(A)-C(R3 )＜、＞C(R3 )-、-C(R3 )(R4 )-、-C(R3 )2 -、＞C＜中之任一種基本結構重複、或者組合2種以上而成之結構之烴鏈。於結構Z之末端具有氫原子、或選自由-C(A)3 、-C(A)2 B、-C(A)(B)2 、-C(A)2 -C(R3 )3 、-C(R3 )2 A、-C(R3 )3 所組成之群中之至少1種基。 上述之R3 或R4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲氧基、乙氧基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6～20。例如較佳為苯基)、氟烷基、芳烷基、或將其等組合而成之烴基、或者氟原子等各種取代基。A、B分別獨立地表示羥基或羧酸基、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、苯酚基等包含氧原子或氮原子之取代基。於結構Z內R3 、R4 、A、B各自存在複數個之情形時其等相互可相同亦可不同。又，所連接之C(碳原子)間之鍵通常為單鍵，但亦可包含雙鍵或三鍵，C間之鍵亦可包含醚基、醯胺基、酯基、羰基、碳酸酯基等連結基。一個C與另一個C鍵結之數為1個～4個，因此亦可存在長鏈之烴鏈分支，或者具有放射狀之結構之情形。 Y表示包含選自氫原子、碳原子、氧原子、氮原子、磷原子、硫原子中之原子的具有親水性之親水基。例如為包含羥基、羧酸基、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、苯酚基；或者聚氧伸烷基(氧伸烷基之碳數較佳為1～4。例如較佳為聚氧伸乙基、聚氧伸丙基、聚氧伸丁基、或將其等組合而成之聚氧伸烷基)；或者赤藻糖醇基、木糖醇基、山梨糖醇基、甘油基、乙二醇基等具有複數個羥基之親水基；或者磺酸基、硫酸基、磷酸基、磺基甜菜鹼基、羰基甜菜鹼基、膦基甜菜鹼基、四級銨基、咪唑鎓甜菜鹼基、環氧基、甲醇基、甲基丙烯酸基等親水基單獨；或者其等之組合之親水基等。再者，於Y為複數個之情形時，相互可相同亦可不同。 結構Z-Y及Y-Z-Y中，Y係鍵結於Z、或Z之末端之基。於Y鍵結於Z之末端之基之情形時，Z之末端之基例如將同與Y之鍵結數相同數量之氫原子等去除而與Y鍵結。 於該結構中，自具體說明過之基中選擇親水基Y、A、B而可滿足上述之展佈係數、水溶解度、界面張力。如此表現出目標之液膜開裂效果。 上述之液膜開裂劑較佳為將作為上述之結構Z、Z-Y、Y-Z-Y之具體例之下述(12)～(25)式所表示的結構任意地組合而成之化合物。進而，就液膜開裂作用之觀點而言，較佳為該化合物具有上述範圍之質量平均分子量。 [化6]
Figure TW201801700AD00006
式(12)～(25)中，M2 、L2 、R41 、R42 、及R43 表示以下之1價或多價基(2價或2價以上)。 M2 表示具有聚氧伸乙基、聚氧伸丙基、聚氧伸丁基、或將其等組合而成之聚氧伸烷基的基；或赤藻糖醇基、木糖醇基、山梨糖醇基、甘油基或乙二醇基等具有複數個羥基之親水基、羥基、羧酸基、巰基、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲氧基)、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、苯酚基、磺酸基、四級銨基、磺基甜菜鹼基、羥基磺基甜菜鹼基、膦基甜菜鹼基、咪唑鎓甜菜鹼基、羰基甜菜鹼基、環氧基、甲醇基、(甲基)丙烯酸基、或將其等組合而成之官能基。 L2 表示醚基、胺基、醯胺基、酯基、羰基、碳酸酯基、或者聚氧伸乙基、聚氧伸丙基、聚氧伸丁基、或將其等組合而成之聚氧伸烷基等鍵結基。 R41 、R42 、及R43 分別獨立地表示包含氫原子、烷基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲氧基、乙氧基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6～20。例如較佳為苯基)、氟烷基、芳烷基、或將其等組合而成之烴基、或者鹵素原子(例如較佳為氟原子)之各種取代基。 於R42 為多價基之情形時，R42 表示自上述各取代基進而去除1個以上之氫原子而成之基。 再者，於各結構所記載之鍵結鍵之前可任意地連接其他結構，亦可導入氫原子。 進而作為上述化合物之具體例，可列舉如下之化合物，但並不限定於此。 第1，可列舉聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑。具體而言，可列舉：式(V)之任一者所表示之聚氧伸烷基(POA)烷基醚、或式(VI)所表示之質量平均分子量1000以上之聚氧伸烷基二醇、硬脂醇聚醚、山崳醇聚醚、PPG肉豆蔻基醚、PPG硬脂基醚、PPG山崳基醚等。作為聚氧伸烷基烷基醚，較佳為加成有3莫耳以上且24莫耳以下、較佳為5莫耳之POP之月桂醚等。作為聚醚化合物，較佳為加成有17莫耳以上且180莫耳以下、較佳為約50莫耳之聚丙二醇(PPG)之質量平均分子量為1000～10000、較佳為3000之聚丙二醇等。再者，上述質量平均分子量之測定可利用上述之測定方法進行。 該聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑以相對於纖維質量之含有比率(Oil Per Unit)計較佳為含有0.10質量%以上且5.0質量%以下。該聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑之含有比率(OPU)更佳為1質量%以下，進而較佳為0.4質量%以下。藉此，不織布成為觸感較佳者。又，就充分地發揮利用該聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑之液膜開裂效果之觀點而言，上述含有比率(OPU)更佳為0.15質量%以上，進而較佳為0.2質量%以上。 [化7]
Figure TW201801700AD00007
[化8]
Figure TW201801700AD00008
式中，L21 表示醚基、胺基、醯胺基、酯基、羰基、碳酸酯基、聚氧伸乙基、聚氧伸丙基、聚氧伸丁基、或將其等組合而成之聚氧伸烷基等鍵結基。R51 表示包含氫原子、甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基、甲氧基、乙氧基、苯基、氟烷基、芳烷基、或將其等組合而成之烴基、或者氟原子之各種取代基。又，a、b、m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。此處，Cm Hn 表示烷基(n＝2m＋1)，Ca Hb 表示伸烷基(a＝2b)。再者，其等碳原子數及氫原子數係於各式(V)及(VI)中各自獨立地決定者，未必表示相同之整數，亦可不同。以下，式(VII)～(XV)之m、m'、m''、n、n'及n''亦相同。再者，-(Ca Hb O)m -之「m」係1以上之整數。該重複單元之值係於各式(V)及(VI)中各自獨立地決定者，未必表示相同之整數，亦可不同。 關於上述之第2實施形態之展佈係數、表面張力及水溶解度，於聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑之情況下例如可根據聚氧伸烷基之莫耳數等而分別設定為特定範圍。就該觀點而言，較佳為聚氧伸烷基之莫耳數為1以上且70以下者。藉由設為1以上，而充分地發揮上述之液膜開裂作用。就該觀點而言，莫耳數更佳為5以上，進而較佳為7以上。另一方面，加成莫耳數較佳為70以下，更佳為60以下，進而較佳為50以下。藉此，分子鏈之連結適度地變弱，而於液膜內之擴散性優異，故而較佳。 又，關於上述之展佈係數、表面張力、界面張力及水溶解度，於聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑之情況下分別可藉由如下方式而設定為特定之範圍：併用水溶性之聚氧伸乙基與水不溶性之聚氧伸丙基及聚氧伸丁基；使烴鏈之鏈長變化；使用烴鏈具有支鏈者；使用烴鏈具有雙鍵者；使用烴鏈具有苯環或萘環者；或者將上述適當組合等。 第2，可列舉碳原子數5以上之烴化合物。就液體更容易於液膜表面擴張之觀點而言，碳原子數較佳為100以下，更佳為50以下。該烴化合物係將聚有機矽氧烷除外者，且並不限定於直鏈，亦可為支鏈，該鏈並不特別限定於飽和鏈、不飽和鏈。又，於其中間及末端亦可具有酯或醚等取代基。其中，可較佳地單獨使用常溫下為液體者。該烴化合物以相對於纖維質量之含有比率(Oil Per Unit)計較佳為含有0.1質量%以上且5質量%以下。該烴化合物之含有比率(OPU)較佳為1質量%以下，更佳為0.99質量%以下，進而較佳為0.4質量%以下。藉此，不織布成為觸感較佳者。又，就充分地發揮基於該烴化合物之含有比率之液膜開裂效果之觀點而言，上述含有比率(OPU)更佳為0.15質量%以上，進而較佳為0.2質量%以上。 作為烴化合物，可列舉：油或脂肪、例如天然油或天然脂肪。作為具體例，可列舉：椰子油、山茶油、蓖麻油、可可椰子油、玉米油、橄欖油、葵花籽油、妥爾油、及其等之混合物等。 又，可列舉：辛酸、癸酸、油酸、月桂酸、棕櫚酸、硬脂酸、肉豆蔻酸、山萮酸、及其等之混合物等如式(VII)所表示之脂肪酸。 [化9]
Figure TW201801700AD00009
式中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。此處，Cm Hn 表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 作為直鏈或支鏈、飽和或不飽和、經取代或未經取代之多元醇脂肪酸酯或者多元醇脂肪酸酯之混合物之例，可列舉：如式(VIII-I)或(VIII-II)所表示之甘油脂肪酸酯或季戊四醇脂肪酸酯，具體而言，可列舉：甘油三辛酸酯、甘油三棕櫚酸酯及其等之混合物等。再者，關於甘油脂肪酸酯、或季戊四醇脂肪酸酯之混合物，典型而言，包含若干之單酯、二酯、及三酯。作為甘油脂肪酸酯之較佳例，可列舉：甘油三辛酸酯、甘油三辛酸酯之混合物等。又，就使界面張力降低而獲得更高之展佈係數之觀點而言，亦可使用導入聚氧伸烷基至可維持水不溶性之程度之多元醇脂肪酸酯。 [化10]
Figure TW201801700AD00010
[化11]
Figure TW201801700AD00011
式中，m、m'、m''、n、n'及n''分別獨立為1以上之整數。複數個m、複數個n各自相互可相同亦可不同。此處，Cm Hn 、Cm 'Hn '及Cm ''Hn ''分別表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 作為直鏈或支鏈、飽和或不飽和之脂肪酸與具有多個羥基之多元醇形成酯，且一部分羥基未被酯化而殘存之脂肪酸或脂肪酸混合物之例，可列舉：如式(IX)之任一者、式(X)之任一者、或式(XI)之任一者所表示之甘油脂肪酸酯、或山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯、季戊四醇脂肪酸酯之部分酯化物。具體而言，可列舉：乙二醇單肉豆蔻酸酯、乙二醇二肉豆蔻酸酯、乙二醇棕櫚酸酯、乙二醇二棕櫚酸酯、甘油二肉豆蔻酸酯、甘油二棕櫚酸酯、甘油單油酸酯、山梨醇酐單油酸酯、山梨醇酐單硬脂酸酯、山梨醇酐二油酸酯、山梨醇酐三硬脂酯、季戊四醇單硬脂酸酯、季戊四醇二月桂酸酯、季戊四醇三硬脂酸酯、及其等之混合物等。再者，關於包含甘油脂肪酸酯、或山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯、季戊四醇脂肪酸酯等之部分酯化物之混合物，典型而言，包含若干經完全酯化之化合物。 [化12]
Figure TW201801700AD00012
式中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。複數個m、複數個n各自相互可相同亦可不同。此處，Cm Hn 表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 [化13]
Figure TW201801700AD00013
式中，R52 表示碳原子數2以上且22以下之直鏈或支鏈、飽和或不飽和之烴基(烷基、烯基、炔基等)。具體而言，可列舉：2-乙基己基、月桂基、肉豆蔻基、棕櫚基、硬脂基、山崳基、油醯基、亞麻油基等。 [化14]
Figure TW201801700AD00014
式中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。複數個m、複數個n各自相互可相同亦可不同。此處，Cm Hn 表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 又，可列舉：固醇、植固醇及固醇衍生物。作為具體例，可列舉：具有式(XII)之固醇結構之膽固醇、穀固醇、豆固醇、麥角固醇、及其等之混合物等。 [化15]
Figure TW201801700AD00015
作為醇之具體例，可列舉：如式(XIII)所表示之月桂醇、肉豆蔻醇、鯨蠟醇、硬脂醇、鯨蠟硬脂醇、山萮醇、及其等之混合物等。 [化16]
Figure TW201801700AD00016
式中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。此處，Cm Hn 表示上述各醇之烴基。 作為脂肪酸酯之具體例，可列舉：如式(XIV)所表示之肉豆蔻酸異丙酯、棕櫚酸異丙酯、乙基己酸鯨蠟酯、三異辛酸甘油酯、肉豆蔻酸辛基十二烷基酯、棕櫚酸乙基己酯、硬脂酸乙基己酯、硬脂酸丁酯、肉豆蔻酸肉豆蔻酯、硬脂酸硬脂酯、異硬脂酸膽固醇基酯及其等之混合物等。 [化17]
Figure TW201801700AD00017
式中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。此處，兩個Cm Hn 可相同亦可不同。Cm Hn -COO-之Cm Hn 表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。-COOCm Hn 之Cm Hn 表示源自形成酯之醇之烴基。 又，作為蠟之具體例，可列舉：如式(XV)所表示之地蠟、石蠟、凡士林、礦物油、流動異構石蠟等。 [化18]
Figure TW201801700AD00018
式中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。 關於上述之第2實施形態之展佈係數、表面張力、水溶解度及界面張力，於上述之碳原子數5以上之烴化合物之情況下分別可藉由如下方式而設定為特定之範圍：例如少量導入親水性之聚氧伸乙基至可維持水不溶性之程度；導入雖為疏水性，但可使界面張力降低之聚氧伸丙基或聚氧伸丁基；使烴鏈之鏈長變化；使用烴鏈具有支鏈者；使用烴鏈具有雙鍵者；使用烴鏈具有苯環或萘環者等。 於本發明之不織布中，除上述之液膜開裂劑外，亦可視需要而含有其他成分。又，第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑、第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑除各自所使用之形態以外，亦可組合兩者之劑而使用。該方面對於第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑中之第1化合物與第2化合物而言亦相同。 再者，於對本發明之不織布中所含有之液膜開裂劑或磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑進行鑑定之情形時，可使用上述之液膜(表面張力為50 mN/m之液體)之表面張力(γw)等之測定方法中所述的鑑定方法。 又，於液膜開裂劑之成分為主鏈具有矽氧烷鏈之化合物或碳原子數1以上且20以下之烴化合物的情形時，液膜開裂劑相對於纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)可藉由如下方式求出：基於藉由上述之分析方法而獲得之物質之質量，用該液膜開裂劑之含量除以纖維之質量。 本發明之不織布係不管纖維之粗細或纖維間距離如何，均液體透過性較高者。然而，本發明之不織布尤其於使用較細之纖維之情形具有效果。若為了製成肌膚觸感較通常柔軟之不織布而使用較細之纖維，則纖維間距離變小，而纖維間之狹窄區域變多。例如於通常所使用之不織布(纖度為2.4 dtex)之情形時，纖維間距離為120 μm，且所形成之液膜面積率成為約2.6%左右。然而，若將纖度降低至1.2 dtex，則纖維間距離為85 μm，且液膜面積率成為通常之不織布之3倍左右為止，即約7.8%。相對於此，本發明之液膜開裂劑會確實地使多發之液膜開裂而減少液體殘留。如下所述，液膜面積率係藉由源自不織布表面之圖像解析而算出之液膜面積率，且與表面材之最表面之液體殘留狀態密切相關。因此，若液膜面積率減少，則處於肌膚附近之液體被去除，而排泄後之舒適性提高，從而成為排泄後亦穿戴感良好之吸收性物品。另一方面，下述之液體殘留量意指不織布整體所保持之液量。若液膜面積率較小，則雖然還達不到一概成比例，但液體殘留減少。又，表面之白色度係以下述之L值表示。L值存在因表面之液膜破裂而液體殘留量降低從而數值提高之傾向，從而於視覺上發白變得容易顯眼。本發明之包含液膜開裂劑之不織布即便使纖維變細，亦可使液膜面積率及液體殘留量降低，而提高L值，因此可以高水準兼顧乾爽感與藉由使纖維變細而賦予之柔軟之肌膚觸感。又，藉由使用本發明之不織布作為吸收性物品之表面材等構成構件，可提供如下吸收性物品，該吸收性物品係與肌膚接觸之部分之乾爽感較高，且由於視覺上發白而由體液導致之污染不易顯眼，因此實現亦抑制漏出之顧慮之穿戴感良好之舒適性。 關於此種包含液膜開裂劑之不織布，就提高肌膚觸感之柔軟性之觀點而言，不織布之纖維間距離較佳為150 μm以下，更佳為90 μm以下。又，關於其下限，就抑制由於纖維間變得過於狹窄而有損通液性之觀點而言，較佳為50 μm以上，更佳為70 μm以上。具體而言，較佳為50 μm以上且150 μm以下，更佳為70 μm以上且90 μm以下。 該情形時之上述纖維之纖度較佳為3.3 dtex以下，更佳為2.4 dtex以下。又，關於其下限，較佳為0.5 dtex以上，更佳為1 dtex以上。具體而言，較佳為0.5 dtex以上且3.3 dtex以下，更佳為1 dtex以上且2.4 dtex以下。 (纖維間距離之測定方法) 纖維間距離以下述方式對測定對象之不織布之厚度進行測定，並套入下述數式(2)而求出。 首先，將測定對象之不織布切割成長度方向50 mm×寬度方向50 mm而製作該不織布之切割片。於在將測定對象之不織布組入至生理用品或拋棄式尿布等吸收性物品中之情形時等未獲得該尺寸之切割片之情形時，切割成所獲得之最大限度之尺寸而製作切割片。 於49 Pa加壓下對該切割片之厚度進行測定。測定環境係溫度20±2℃、相對濕度65±5%，測定機器係使用顯微鏡(KEYENCE股份有限公司製造，VHX-1000)。首先，獲得上述不織布剖面之放大照片。於放大照片中同時顯示出已知尺寸者。將上述不織布剖面之放大照片對照比例尺而測定不織布之厚度。進行以上之操作3次，將3次之平均值設為乾燥狀態之不織布之厚度[mm]。再者，於積層品之情形時，根據纖維徑辨別其交界而算出厚度。 繼而，構成測定對象之不織布之纖維之纖維間距離係藉由以下所示之基於Wrotnowski之假定的式而求出。基於Wrotnowski之假定之式係通常於求出構成不織布之纖維之纖維間距離時使用。根據基於Wrotnowski之假定之式，纖維間距離A(μm)係根據不織布之厚度h(mm)、基重e(g/m2 )、構成不織布之纖維之纖維徑d(μm)、纖維密度ρ(g/cm3 )，利用以下之數式(2)求出。再者，於具有凹凸之情形時，使用凸部之不織布厚度h(mm)作為代表值而算出。 纖維徑d(μm)係使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(Seiko Instruments股份有限公司製造之DSC6200)，對10根切取之纖維之纖維剖面進行測定，將其平均值設為纖維徑。 纖維密度ρ(g/cm3 )係使用密度梯度管，依據JIS L1015化學纖維短纖維試驗方法所記載之密度梯度管法之測定方法進行測定。 基重e(g/m2 )係將測定對象之不織布切割成特定(0.12 m×0.06 m等)之尺寸，於質量測定後，利用「質量÷自特定之尺寸求出之面積＝基重(g/m2 )」之式進行計算而求出基重。 [數1]
Figure TW201801700AD00019
(構成纖維之纖度之測定方法) 一面藉由電子顯微鏡等測量纖維之剖面形狀而測量纖維之剖面積(若為由複數種樹脂形成之纖維，則為各樹脂成分之剖面積)，一面藉由DSC(differential scanning calorimetry，示差熱分析裝置)特定樹脂之種類(於複數種樹脂之情形時，亦特定大致之成分比)，算出比重從而算出纖度。例如，若為僅由PET(polyethylene terephthalate，聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯)構成之短纖維，則首先觀察剖面，算出其剖面積。其後，藉由利用DSC進行測定，而根據熔點或峰形狀鑑定為由單成分之樹脂構成，且其為PET芯。其後，使用PET樹脂之密度與剖面積，算出纖維之質量，藉此算出纖度。 作為構成本發明之不織布之纖維，可無特別限制地採用此種物品通常所使用者。例如可列舉：熱熔合性芯鞘型複合纖維、熱伸長性纖維、非熱伸長性纖維、熱收縮性纖維、非熱收縮性纖維、立體捲縮纖維、潛在捲縮性纖維、中空纖維等各種纖維。尤其是較佳為具有熱塑性樹脂。又，非熱伸長性纖維及非熱收縮性纖維較佳為熱熔合性。芯鞘型之複合纖維可為同心之芯鞘型，亦可為偏心之芯鞘型，亦可為並排(side by side)型，亦可為異型形，較佳為同心之芯鞘型。於該纖維及不織布之製造中，液膜開裂劑、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑向纖維之含有可於任一步驟中進行。例如，可於纖維之紡絲時通常所使用之纖維用紡絲油劑中調配液膜開裂劑、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸型陰離子界面活性劑之混合物而進行塗佈；亦可於纖維之延伸前後之纖維用潤飾油劑中調配液膜開裂劑、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸型陰離子界面活性劑之混合物而進行塗佈。又，可於不織布之製造通常所使用之纖維處理劑中調配液膜開裂劑或磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑而塗佈於纖維，亦可於不織布化後進行塗佈。 本發明之不織布由於包含液膜開裂劑、或於其中進而包含磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑，故而應對各種纖維構造，液體殘留抑制優異。因此，即便不織布被淋上大量液體，亦始終確保纖維間之液體之透過通路而液體透過性優異。藉此，不會受纖維間距離與液膜形成之問題限制，可賦予不織布各種功能。例如，可為包含1層者，亦可為包含2層以上之複數層者。又，不織布之形狀可平坦，亦可於一面側或兩面側設有凹凸，亦可對纖維之基重或密度加以各種變化。 於對具有包含凸部與凹部之凹凸形狀之不織布施加液膜開裂劑之情形時，可以圖1～3所示之圖案、或其他任意之圖案含有液膜開裂劑。通常而言，若將表面不存在空隙之膜片材與表面存在空隙之不織布片材之表面液體流動進行對比，則於該片材之整體為親水性之情形時，不織布片材作為片材整體變現出更為親水性之性能，且液體流動較膜片材變短。另一方面，於片材之整體為疏水性之情形時，不織布片材作為片材整體變現出更為疏水性之性能，且液體流動較膜片材變長。其係基於Cassie-Baxter之理論(辻井薫著，「超撥水與超親水-其結構與應用-」，米田出版，2009年初版，p38記載)。關於該傾向，與平坦之不織布之情形相比，於凹凸形狀之不織布之情形時更顯著地產生。因此，本發明於凹凸不織布之情形時，發揮較平坦不織布顯著之效果。於使具有凹凸形狀之不織布含有液膜開裂劑之情形時，可使凸部頂部含有液膜開裂劑而配置含有部，使凹部底部不含有液膜開裂劑而配置非含有部。此時，有上述凸部之頂部具有上述含有部之圖案、上述凹部之底部具有上述非含有部之圖案、上述凸部與上述含有部一致，且上述凹部與上述非含有部一致之圖案等。藉此，可利用容易與肌膚接觸之凸部實現高水準之液體殘留減少，並且即便為凹凸不織布，亦可提高表面之液體流動防止性。又，該塗佈圖案於藉由軟版印刷方式等印刷方式將液膜開裂劑塗佈於具有凹凸形狀之不織布之情形時，由於凸部會與印刷輥接觸，故而就製造方法之觀點而言亦較佳。於凸部與含有部一致之情形時，圖9～11所示之不織布之含有部之圖案係與圖3-1(B)相同或類似者。同樣地，圖12～14所示之不織布之含有部之圖案係與圖1或圖3-1(A)相同或類似者，圖16所示之不織布之含有部之圖案係與圖3-2(D)相同或類似者。 進而，本發明之不織布藉由液膜開裂劑之作用而液體透過性優異，因此關於與吸收體之組合，選擇項之範圍擴大。又，本發明之不織布包含複數層之情形時之液膜開裂劑可含於所有層中，亦可含於一部分層中。較佳為至少含於直接接住液之側之層中。例如於將本發明之不織布設為吸收性物品之正面片材之情形時，較佳為至少於肌膚抵接面側之層中含有液膜開裂劑。 本發明之不織布較佳為於至少一部分之纖維交絡點附近或纖維熔合點附近液膜開裂劑局部存在。此處所謂液膜開裂劑之「局部存在」，並非於構成不織布之纖維之表面整體均等地附著有液膜開裂劑之狀態，而係指如下狀態，即較各纖維之表面，液膜開裂劑偏向附著於纖維交絡點附近或纖維熔合點附近。具體而言，可定義為：相比纖維表面(交絡點間或熔合點間之纖維表面)，交絡點或熔合點附近之液膜開裂劑濃度較高。此時，存在於纖維交絡點附近或纖維熔合點附近之液膜開裂劑亦可以如下方式附著，即以纖維交絡點或纖維熔合點為中心而局部覆蓋纖維間之空間。交絡點或熔合點附近之液膜開裂劑濃度係越濃越佳。該濃度由於會根據所使用之液膜開裂劑之種類或所使用之纖維之種類、與其他劑混合之情形時之有效成分比率等而變化，故而無法一概而定，但就發揮上述之液膜開裂作用之觀點而言，可適當決定。 由於液膜開裂劑局部存在，而變得更容易表現出液膜開裂作用。即，纖維交絡點附近或纖維熔合點附近係液膜特別容易產生之位置，因此，藉由使更多之液膜開裂劑存在於該位置，而變得容易直接作用於液膜。 如上所述，液膜開裂劑之局部存在較佳為以不織布整體之纖維交絡點附近或纖維熔合點附近之30%以上產生，更佳為以40%以上產生，進而較佳為以50%以上產生。不織布中，纖維交絡點或纖維熔合點彼此之距離相對較短時，纖維間之空間較小而特別容易產生液膜。因此，若於纖維間之空間較小時之纖維交絡點附近或纖維熔合點附近有選擇地局部存在液膜開裂劑，則特別有效地表現出液膜開裂作用，故而較佳。又，於如上述之有選擇地局部存在之情形時，液膜開裂劑較佳為使對相對較小之纖維間空間之被覆率變大，且使對相對較大之纖維間空間之被覆率變小。藉此，可一面保持不織布中之液體透過性，一面有效地表現出於毛細管力較大而液膜容易產生之部分之開裂作用，從而不織布整體之液體殘留減少效果變高。此處所謂「相對較小之纖維間空間」係指相對於利用上述之(纖維間距離之測定方法)所求出之纖維間距離，具有1/2以下之纖維間距離的纖維間空間。 (液膜開裂劑之局部存在狀態之確認方法) 上述之液膜開裂劑之局部存在狀態可藉由以下之方法而確認。 首先，將不織布切割成5 mm×5 mm，並使用碳帶安裝至試樣台。將試樣台以無蒸鍍之狀態放入至掃描式電子顯微鏡(S4300SE/N，日立製作所股份有限公司製造)中，設為低真空或真空狀態。由於使用環形反射電子檢測器(附屬品)進行檢測，故而原子序越大，越容易釋出反射電子，因此塗佈有包含較多原子序大於主要構成聚乙烯(PE)或聚丙烯(PP)或聚酯(PET)之碳原子或氫原子之氧原子或矽原子的液膜開裂劑之部分發白地顯現，因此可藉由發白而確認局部存在之狀態。再者，關於其白色度，原子序越大、或附著量越多，白色度越增加。 又，於製造本發明之不織布時，可採用此種物品通常所使用之方法。例如作為纖維網之形成方法，可使用梳棉法、氣流成網法、紡黏法等。作為纖維網之不織布化方法，可採用水刺法、針刺法、化學黏合、點狀之壓紋加工等通常所使用之各種不織布化方法。其中，就肌膚觸感之觀點而言，較佳為熱風不織布、紡黏不織布。此處所謂「熱風不織布」係指經過將50℃以上之流體、例如氣體或水蒸氣向纖維網或不織布進行吹送之步驟(熱風處理)而製造之不織布。又，「紡黏不織布」係指利用紡黏法所製造之積層不織布。不僅指僅利用本步驟所製造之不織布，亦包含向利用其他方法所製作之不織布追加本步驟而製造之不織布或者於本步驟後進行某些步驟而製造之不織布。又，本發明之不織布並不限定於僅由熱風不織布或紡黏不織布構成者，亦包含將熱風不織布、紡黏不織布與其他不織布等纖維片材或膜材進行複合化而成者。 於本發明之不織布之製造方法中，於如上所述般於不織布化後塗佈液膜開裂劑之情形時，可列舉：於包含液膜開裂劑之溶液中浸漬原料不織布之方法。上述溶液例如可列舉：利用溶劑稀釋液膜開裂劑而成之溶液等(以下，將該溶液亦稱為液膜開裂劑溶液)。作為進行稀釋之溶劑，可列舉乙醇等醇。又，作為其他方法，可列舉：對原料不織布塗佈液膜開裂劑單獨成分、或包含上述液膜開裂劑之溶液之方法。再者，亦可於包含上述液膜開裂劑之溶液中混合磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑。該情形時之液膜開裂劑與磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之含有比率較佳為如上所述。作為上述溶劑，可無特別限制地使用可使水溶解度極小之液膜開裂劑適度溶解或分散於溶劑中並乳化以便容易塗佈於不織布者。例如，作為使液膜開裂劑溶解者，可使用乙醇、甲醇、丙酮、己烷等有機溶劑，或者於製成乳化液之情形時，當然亦可使用水作為溶劑或分散介質，作為乳化時所使用之乳化劑，可列舉：包含磷酸烷基酯、脂肪醯胺、烷基甜菜鹼、烷基磺基琥珀酸鈉等之各種界面活性劑。再者，所謂原料不織布係指塗佈液膜開裂劑之前者，作為其製造方法，可無特別限制地使用如上所述之通常所使用之製造方法。 作為塗佈於上述之原料不織布之方法，可無特別限制地採用可用於該不織布之製造方法者。例如可列舉：利用噴霧之塗佈、利用狹縫式塗佈機之塗佈、利用凹版方式、柔版方式、浸漬方式之塗佈等。 就液膜開裂劑於上述之纖維交絡點附近或纖維熔合點附近局部存在化之觀點而言，較佳為塗佈於不織布化後之原料不織布，更佳為不浸漬而塗佈於原料不織布之方法。塗佈之方法中，就使液膜開裂劑之局部存在化更明顯之觀點而言，特佳為利用柔版方式之塗佈方法。 又，作為原料不織布，可無特別限制地使用各種不織布。特別是就保持液膜開裂劑之局部存在化之觀點而言，較佳為纖維交絡點熱熔合或熱壓接在一起者，更佳為使用藉由上述之熱風處理或熱壓紋將纖維彼此進行熱接著而獲得之不織布。 於使液膜開裂劑附著於纖維時，較佳為以包含液膜開裂劑之纖維處理劑之形式使用。包含該液膜開裂劑之溶液亦可事先以纖維處理劑之形式另外製作為單獨之溶液。此處進行說明之所謂「纖維處理劑」係指如下者，即利用水與界面活性劑等將水溶解度極小之油狀液膜開裂劑進行乳化等而設為容易對原料不織布或纖維進行塗佈處理之狀態。於用以塗佈液膜開裂劑之纖維處理劑中，液膜開裂劑之含有比率較佳為相對於纖維處理劑之質量為50質量%以下。藉此，纖維處理劑可成為已使成為油狀成分之液膜開裂劑於溶劑中穩定地乳化之狀態。就穩定之乳化之觀點而言，液膜開裂劑之含有比率更佳為相對於纖維處理劑之質量為40質量%以下，進而較佳為30質量%以下。又，就塗佈後液膜開裂劑於適度之黏度下於纖維上移動而實現上述之不織布中之液膜開裂劑之局部存在化的觀點而言，較佳為設為上述之含有比率。關於液膜開裂劑之含有比率，就表現出充分之液膜開裂效果之觀點而言，較佳為相對於纖維處理劑之質量為5質量%以上，更佳為15質量%以上，進而較佳為25質量%以上。再者，含有液膜開裂劑之纖維處理劑亦可於不抑制液膜開裂劑之作用之範圍內含有其他劑。例如亦可含有上述之磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑。該情形時之液膜開裂劑與磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之含有比率較佳為如上所述。除此以外，亦可含有纖維加工時所使用之抗靜電劑或耐摩擦劑、又對不織布賦予適度之親水性之親水化劑、賦予乳化穩定性之乳化劑等。 作為本發明之不織布之較佳實施形態，對具有凹凸形狀者之具體例進行說明。 例如，可列舉應用熱收縮性纖維之圖9所示者(第1實施態樣)。圖9所示之不織布10包含如下2層，即上表面1A(製成正面片材時之肌膚抵接面)側之上層11、與下表面1B(製成正面片材時之非肌膚抵接面)側之下層12。又，自上表面1A於厚度方向上實施壓紋加工(推擠)而將2層接合(將實施過壓紋加工之部分稱為壓紋凹部(凹狀之接合部)13)。下層12係表現出熱收縮性纖維之熱收縮之層。上層11係包含非熱收縮性纖維之層，非熱收縮性纖維係藉由凹狀之接合部13而局部地接合。非熱收縮性纖維並不限定於完全不會因加熱而收縮者，亦包含以不會阻礙下層12之熱收縮性纖維之熱收縮之程度進行收縮者。作為該非熱收縮性纖維，就利用熱之不織布化之觀點而言，較佳為非熱收縮性熱熔合纖維。 該不織布10例如可藉由日本專利特開2002-187228號公報之段落[0032]～[0048]所記載之原材料與製造方法進行製造。於該製造中，例如自上層側11對上層11與下層12之積層體實施壓紋加工等後，利用熱處理使熱收縮性纖維進行熱收縮。此時，因該纖維之收縮而鄰接之壓紋部分彼此被拉攏而相互之間隔縮小。藉由該變形，上層11之纖維以壓紋凹部13為基點而於上表面1A側隆起，從而形成凸部14。或者，將表現出熱收縮之下層12於伸長之狀態下積層於上層，之後實施上述之壓紋加工。其後，若解除下層12之伸長狀態，則於上層11側於上表面1A側隆起而形成凸部14。作為該壓紋加工，可利用熱壓紋加工或超音波壓紋等通常所使用之方法進行。又，關於兩層之接合，亦可為使用接著劑之接合方法。 關於以上述方式製造之不織布10，於壓紋凹部(凹狀之接合部)13，將上層11向下層側12擠壓而進行接合。該壓紋凹部13係於不織布10之平面方向散點狀地形成，且壓紋凹部13所包圍之部分為上述之上層11隆起之凸部14。凸部14係三維之立體形狀，例如形成圓頂形狀。利用如上述之製造方法所形成之凸部14係成為纖維較下層12粗之狀態。凸部14之內部亦可如圖9所示般由纖維填滿，亦可具有上層11與下層12分離而成之中空部。壓紋凹部13與凸部14之配置可任意，例如亦可設為格子配置。作為格子配置，可列舉：將複數條包含複數個壓紋凹部13之列進行排列，且各列中之壓紋凹部13之間隔於相鄰之列彼此間錯開半間距之配置等。又，關於壓紋凹部13之俯視形狀，於點狀配置之情形時，亦可設為圓形、或橢圓形狀、三角形狀、方形狀、其他多角形狀，且可適當任意地設定。又，壓紋凹部13除點狀地配置以外，亦可線狀地配置。 不織布10於上表面1A側具有凹凸面，該凹凸面具有凸部14與壓紋凹部13，因此向平面方向伸長之情形時之形狀恢復性、向厚度方向壓縮時之壓縮變形性優異。又，藉由如上述之上層11之纖維之隆起而成為相對蓬鬆之不織布。藉此，與不織布10接觸之使用者可感覺到柔軟之舒適之肌膚觸感。又，關於將不織布10作為以上表面10A為肌膚抵接面、以下表面1B為非肌膚抵接面之正面片材組入的吸收性物品，因具有凸部14與壓紋凹部13之凹凸而肌膚抵接面側變得通氣性優異。 又，不織布10藉由上述液膜開裂劑之作用、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之協同作用而使液體殘留變少。藉此，可進一步提高應用凹凸面與壓紋較密之部分之液體透過性。 再者，不織布10並不限定於上層11與下層12之2層構造，亦可進而具有其他層。例如可於上層11與下層12之間配置單層或複數層，亦可於不織布10之上表面10A側、下表面10B側配置單層或複數層。該單層或複數層可為具有熱收縮性纖維之層，亦可為具有非熱收縮性纖維之層。 作為將本發明之不織布製成凹凸形狀者之其他具體例，將不織布20、30、40、50、60、70(第2～第7實施態樣)示於以下。 首先，第2實施態樣之不織布20係如圖10所示般具有中空部21之兩層構造。兩層均包含熱塑性纖維。不織布20中，具有將第1不織布20A與第2不織布20B局部熱熔合而成之接合部22。於接合部22所包圍之非接合部中，第1不織布20A具有多個向離開第2不織布20B之方向突出，於內部具有中空部21之凸部23。接合部22係位於相鄰之凸部23、23間之凹部，且與凸部23一起構成第1面1A之凹凸。該不織布20可藉由通常所使用之方法形成。例如於藉由2根凹凸輥之嚙合而對第1不織布20A進行凹凸賦形後，貼合第2不織布而獲得不織布20。就藉由凹凸輥之嚙合而對不織布進行賦形之觀點而言，第1不織布20A及第2不織布20B均較佳為包含非熱伸長性且非熱收縮性之熱熔合纖維。 不織布20例如於作為將第1面1A朝向肌膚抵接面側之正面片材積層於吸收體上而使用時，自第1面1A側向第2面1B側之液體透過性優異。具體而言，液體經由中空部21而透過。又，穿著者之體壓會施加於凸部23，存在於凸部23之液體直接向第2不織布3移動。藉此，於第1面1A側之液體殘留較少。此種作用可藉由上述之液膜開裂劑之作用、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之協動作用而以更高水準持續地發揮。即，即便於長時間使用或存在大量排液之情形時，亦由於藉由液膜破裂而確保液體之透過路徑，故而可充分地發揮如上所述之液體透過性。 繼而，第3實施態樣之不織布30如圖11(A)及(B)所示般具有包含熱塑性纖維且兩面設有凹凸之形狀之第1纖維層301。圖11(A)表示僅由第1纖維層301構成之1層構造之不織布30A。圖11(B)表示具有第1纖維層301、及沿著第1纖維層301之第2面1B側接合之第2纖維層302的2層構造之不織布30B。以下，對各不織布具體地進行說明。 圖11(A)所示之不織布30A(第1纖維層301)係將於第1面1A突出之第1突出部31與於第2面1B側突出之第2突出部32於俯視不織布30A時交叉之不同方向上交替地連續配置。第1突出部31及第2突出部32具有於各自之相反面側開放之內部空間，該部分形成該面中之凹部33、34。藉此，第1面1A係第1突出部31與凹部34之凹凸形狀。又，第2面1B係第2突出部32與凹部33之凹凸形狀。又，不織布30A具有將第1突出部31與第2突出部32連接之壁部35。壁部35形成第1突出部31及第2突出部32各自之內部空間之壁面，且於平面方向具有環狀構造。構成壁部35之纖維於環狀構造之任一位置上均於將第1突出部31與第2突出部32連結之方向上具有纖維配向性。藉此，壁部產生韌性。其結果為，不織布30A具有適當之緩衝性，即便施加壓力，恢復性亦優異，可避免各內部空間之潰縮。又，藉由兩面突出而對體壓之分散性較高，且亦抑制接觸面積，因此肌膚觸感柔軟且回液防止性優異。不織布30A可將任一面設為肌膚抵接面側而用作吸收性物品之正面片材，可對吸收性物品賦予適當之緩衝性或柔軟之肌膚觸感、及優異之低回液性能。 圖11(B)所示之不織布30B係沿著上述之第1纖維層301之第2面1B側之凹凸配置第2纖維層302而接合而成。該不織布30B典型而言，係將第1面1A設為肌膚抵接面而使用。於不織布30B之第1面1A側，上述之第1纖維層301之第1突出部31與凹部34之凹凸形狀擴展，配置有第1突出部31與凹部32之間之環狀結構之壁部35。因此，不織布30B亦具有上述之第1纖維層301之纖維配向性，藉此，壁部產生韌性而凹凸之恢復性優異。 除此以外，不織布30B係藉由利用熱風步驟之熱風處理而進行纖維網之賦形、不織布化、及兩層之接合，因此成為整體蓬鬆而單位面積重量較低者。尤其是兩纖維層301及302之接合係藉由利用熱風進行之纖維彼此之熱熔合而接合，因此於纖維層間之接合部分之纖維間形成間隙，即便為成為接合部之凹部32，通液速度亦較快。又，於第1纖維層301之第1突出部31之頂部之第2面1B側具有第2纖維層302之纖維密度低於第1纖維層301及第2纖維層302之其他部分之纖維密度的部分36。藉由存在該纖維密度較低之部分36，而即便為低負荷，第1纖維層301之第1突出部31亦變得容易凹陷，因此可提高不織布30B之緩衝性。不織布30B於用作吸收性物品之正面片材之情形時，較佳為將第1面1A側(即第1纖維層301側)設為肌膚抵接面側。 於不織布30(30A及30B)中，亦藉由上述之液膜開裂劑之作用、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之協動作用而始終確保液體之透過路徑。藉此，針對纖維徑或纖維密度之設計範圍變廣。 於製造該不織布30(30A及30B)時，例如可採用對纖維網一面控制熱風溫度及風速一面進行多階段之熱風處理的熱風加工。例如不織布30A(第1纖維層301)可使用日本專利特開2012-136790號之段落[0031]及[0032]所記載之製造方法。又，作為對纖維網進行凹凸賦形之支持體，較佳為使用具有實心之突起部與開口部者。例如可使用日本專利特開2012-149370號之圖1及2所示之支持體或日本專利特開2012-149371號之圖1及2所示之支持體。又，不織布30B(第1纖維層301及第2纖維層302之積層不織布)可藉由於上述之第1纖維層301之熱風步驟中積層成為第2纖維層302之纖維網而進行製造。例如可使用日本專利特開2013-124428號公報之段落[0042]～[0064]所記載之製造方法。就藉由熱風加工而對不織布30A及30B進行賦形之觀點而言，第1纖維層301及第2纖維層302均較佳為非熱伸長性且非熱收縮性之熱熔合纖維。 繼而，第4實施態樣之不織布40如圖12所示包含含有熱塑性纖維之1層，且於第1面1A側具有半圓筒狀之凸部41與沿著該凸部41之側緣而配置之凹部42交替配置有複數個而成之形狀。於凹部42之下側配置有包含不織布之纖維之凹部底部43。凹部底部43之纖維密度低於凸部41。該不織布30中，亦可於凸部41上局部積層另一層纖維層45(參照圖13)。若將不織布40作為以第1面1A側為肌膚抵接面側之正面片材而組入至吸收性物品，則凸部41所接收到之液體容易向凹部42移動，且於凹部43容易向第2面1B側移動。藉此，液體殘留較少而抑制肌膚之黏膩感。 於不織布40中亦藉由上述之液膜開裂劑、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之作用而始終確保液體之透過路徑。藉此，針對纖維徑或纖維密度之設計範圍變廣。 此種不織布40可藉由針對纖維網，對設為凹部42之部分吹送熱風等流體使纖維移動而形成。藉此，可使凹部底部43之纖維密度低於其周邊。 繼而，第5實施態樣之不織布50係如圖14所示般具有沿單向(Y方向)延伸之條帶狀之凸條部51與凹條部52交替配置而成之凹凸構造。又，於該不織布片材50之厚度方向，可將上述凹凸構造分成頂部區域50A、底部區域50B及位於其等之間之側部區域50C之3等分。 不織布50具有複數個構成纖維54彼此之交點之熱熔合部55。若著眼於1根構成纖維54，則構成纖維54如圖15所示般，於相鄰之熔合部55彼此間具有被纖維徑較小之2個小徑部56夾持之大徑部57。藉此，不織布50之柔軟性提高而肌膚觸感變得良好。又，以纖維單位計與肌膚之接觸面積減少而獲得更良好之乾爽感。又，就柔軟性之觀點而言，自小徑部56向該大徑部57之變化點58較佳為處於相鄰之熔合部55、55彼此之間隔T的靠近熔合部55之1/3之範圍內(圖15之T1及T3之範圍)。再者，該小徑部56與被其夾持之大徑部57之組合亦可於間隔T內存在複數個。此種構成纖維中之小徑部56及大徑部57之構成係藉由於形成凸條部51及凹條部52之刀槽延伸加工時將纖維進行延伸而形成。作為此時所使用之纖維，較佳為延伸度較高之纖維。例如可列舉：經日本專利特開2010-168715號公報之段落[0033]所記載之處理步驟而獲得之樹脂之結晶狀態會因加熱而變化而產生長度之延伸的熱伸長性纖維等。 進而，就液體透過性之觀點而言，不織布50較佳為小徑部之親水度小於大徑部之親水度。該親水度之差可藉由使附著於纖維之纖維處理劑含有延伸性成分(疏水成分)而形成。尤佳為含有延伸性成分與親水性成分。具體而言，若纖維藉由上述之刀槽延伸加工而延伸，則延伸性成分於延伸而成之小徑部35擴散而於與大徑部之間產生親水度之差。於大徑部，不易擴散之親水性成分滯留而親水度變得高於小徑部。作為上述延伸性成分，例如可列舉玻璃轉移點較低且分子鏈具有柔軟性之聚矽氧樹脂，作為聚矽氧樹脂，可較佳地使用將Si-O-Si鏈設為主鏈之聚有機矽氧烷。 此外，就上述之液體透過性之觀點而言，不織布50較佳為側壁區域30C之纖維密度低於頂部區域30A、底部區域30B之纖維密度。 於不織布50中，亦藉由上述之液膜開裂劑、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之作用而始終確保液體之透過路徑。藉此，針對纖維徑或纖維密度之設計範圍變廣。 不織布50可單獨使用，亦可與平坦之纖維層接合而製成積層不織布，亦可積層於存在凹凸之纖維層而製成沿著該凹凸一體化之積層不織布。例如可積層於第2實施態樣(圖10)之不織布20中之第2不織布上，亦可積層於第3實施態樣(圖11(A))之不織布30A或第4實施態樣(圖12或圖13)之不織布40。 繼而，第6實施態樣之不織布60具有包含熱伸長性纖維之凹凸形狀。如圖16所示般，第1面1A側為凹凸形狀。另一方面，第2面1B側或平坦，或與第1面1A側相比，凹凸之程度極小。第1面1A側之凹凸形狀具體而言具有複數個凸部61與包圍其之線狀之凹部62。凹部62具有不織布60之構成纖維被壓接或接著之壓接著部，且熱伸長性纖維為未伸長之狀態。凸部62係熱伸長性纖維熱伸長而於第1面1A側隆起之部分。因此，凸部62因纖維密度低於凹部62而成為蓬鬆之部分。又，線狀之凹部62係格子狀地配置，在以格子劃分之各區域散步配置有凸部61。藉此，不織布60抑制與穿著者之肌膚之接觸面積而有效地防止悶熱或斑疹。又，與肌膚接觸之凸部61因熱伸長性纖維之熱伸長而蓬鬆，成為柔軟之肌膚觸感。再者，不織布60可為單層構造，亦可為2層以上之複數層構造。例如於為2層構造之情形時，第2面1B側之層較佳為不含熱伸長性纖維，或者與具有凹凸形狀之第1面1A側之層相比，熱伸長性纖維之含量較少。又，兩層較佳為於凹部62之壓接著部接合。 於不織布60中，亦藉由上述之液膜開裂劑、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之作用而始終確保液體之透過路徑。藉此，針對纖維徑或纖維密度之設計範圍變廣。 此種不織布60可藉由以下之方法進行製造。首先，對纖維網實施熱壓紋加工而形成線狀之凹部62。此時，於凹部62，熱伸長性纖維被壓接或熔合而於未熱伸長之情況下被固定。繼而，藉由熱風加工而存在於凹部61以外之部分中之熱伸長性纖維伸長而形成凸部61，從而成為不織布60。又，作為不織布60之構成纖維，亦可為上述之熱伸長性纖維與非熱伸長性熱熔合性纖維之混綿。作為其等構成纖維，例如可使用日本專利特開2005-350836號公報之段落[0013]、[0037]～[0040]所記載者、日本專利特開2011-1277258號公報之段落[0012]、[0024]～[0046]所記載者等。 繼而，第7實施態樣之不織布70係如圖17所示般包含含有熱塑性纖維之上層71與下層72之積層不織布。於上層71交替配置有凸狀部73與凹狀部74，且凹狀部74開孔。凹狀部74之纖維密度低於凸狀部73之纖維密度。於交替重複配置有凸狀部73與凹狀部74之區域可存在於上層71之一部分中，亦可存在於整體。於交替反覆配置有凸狀部73與凹狀部74之區域存在於上層之一部分中之情形時，該區域較佳為存在於使用不織布70作為吸收性物品之正面片材時成為受液區域(排泄部對應區域)之部分中。另一方面，下層72實質上纖維密度均一。下層72係至少對應於上層71之交替反覆配置有凸狀部73與凹狀部74之區域而積層。藉此，不織布70因凸狀部73之纖維密度較高而具有蓬鬆之緩衝性，若用作吸收性物品之正面片材，則變得難以產生回液。又，不織布70由於凹狀部74之纖維密度較低而處於開孔狀態，故而液體透過性、尤其是對高黏性之液體之透過性優異。 於不織布70中，亦藉由上述之液膜開裂劑、或液膜開裂劑及磷酸酯型之陰離子界面活性劑之作用而始終確保液體之透過路徑。藉此，針對纖維徑或纖維密度之設計範圍變廣。 此種不織布70例如可藉由日本專利特開平4-24263號公報之第6頁左下欄12行～第8頁右上欄19行所記載之方法進行製造。 本發明之液膜開裂劑及包含該液膜開裂劑之不織布可有效利用其柔軟之肌膚觸感與液體殘留之減少而應用於各種領域。例如可較佳地用作經期衛生棉、衛生護墊、拋棄式尿布、失禁護墊等自身體排出之液體之吸收所使用之吸收性物品中的正面片材、第二片材(配置於正面片材與吸收體之間之片材)、吸收體、包含吸收體之被覆片材、防漏片材、或對人用擦拭片材、肌膚護理用片材、進而物鏡用之拭布等。於使用本發明之不織布作為吸收性物品之正面片材或第二片材之情形時，較佳為使用該不織布之第1層側作為肌膚對向面側。再者，本發明之液膜開裂劑只要發揮使液膜開裂之作用，則並不限於不織布，可應用於織布等各種纖維材。 關於本發明之不織布之製造所使用之纖維網的基重，係視目標之不織布之具體用途而選擇適當之範圍。最終所獲得之不織布之基重較佳為10 g/m2 以上且100 g/m2 以下、特別是15 g/m2 以上且80 g/m2 以下。 關於自身體排出之液體之吸收所使用之吸收性物品，典型而言具備正面片材、背面片材及介存配置於兩片材間之液體保持性之吸收體。作為使用本發明之不織布作為正面片材之情形時之吸收體及背面片材，可無特別限制地使用其等技術領域中通常所使用之材料。例如作為吸收體，可使用以衛生紙或不織布等被覆片材被覆包含紙漿纖維等纖維材料之纖維集合體或於其中保持有吸收性聚合物者而獲得者。作為背面片材，可使用熱塑性樹脂之膜、或該膜與不織布之層壓體等液體不透過性或撥水性之片材。背面片材亦可具有水蒸氣透過性。吸收性物品亦可進而具備對應該吸收性物品之具體用途之各種構件。上述構件對業者而言公知。例如於將吸收性物品用於拋棄式尿布或經期衛生棉之情形時，可於正面片材上之左右兩側部配置一對或二對以上之立體防護。 關於上述之實施形態，本發明進而揭示以下之不織布及吸收性物品。 ＜1＞ 一種不織布，其表面具有包含液膜開裂劑之含有部、與不包含上述液膜開裂劑之非含有部，且對配置有上述含有部及上述非含有部之不織布表面劃分出邊長5 mm之正方形時，該正方形之區域中具有1個以上之上述含有部與上述非含有部之界面。 ＜2＞ 如上述＜1＞記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數為15 mN/m以上。 ＜3＞ 一種不織布，其表面具有包含下述化合物C1之含有部、與不包含下述化合物C1之非含有部，且對配置有上述含有部及上述非含有部之不織布表面劃分出邊長5 mm之正方形時，於該正方形之區域中具有1個以上之上述含有部與上述非含有部之界面。 [化合物C1] 對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數為15 mN/m以上之化合物。 ＜4＞ 如上述＜2＞或＜3＞記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1之展佈係數更佳為20 mN/m以上，進而較佳為25 mN/m以上，特佳為30 mN/m以上。 ＜5＞ 如上述＜2＞至＜4＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力較佳為20 mN/m以下，更佳為17 mN/m以下，進而較佳為13 mN/m以下，進而更佳為10 mN/m以下，特佳為9 mN/m以下，尤佳為1 mN/m以下，且大於0 mN/m。 ＜6＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜5＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1包含具有選自由下述之結構X、X-Y、及Y-X-Y所組成之群中之至少1種結構之化合物。 結構X表示將＞C(A)-(C表示碳原子。又，＜、＞及-表示鍵結鍵。以下相同)、-C(A)2 -、-C(A)(B)-、＞C(A)-C(R1 )＜、＞C(R1 )-、-C(R1 )(R2 )-、-C(R1 )2 -、＞C＜及、-Si(R1 )2 O-、-Si(R1 )(R2 )O-中之任一種基本結構重複、或者組合2種以上而成之結構之矽氧烷鏈、或其混合鏈。於結構X之末端具有氫原子、或選自由-C(A)3 、-C(A)2 B、-C(A)(B)2 、-C(A)2 -C(R1 )3 、-C(R1 )2 A、-C(R1 )3 、及-OSi(R1 )3 、-OSi(R1 )2 (R2 )、-Si(R1 )3 、-Si(R1 )2 (R2 )所組成之群中之至少1種基。 上述之R1 或R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、或鹵素原子。A、B分別獨立地表示包含氧原子或氮原子之取代基。於結構X內R1 、R2 、A、B各自存在複數個之情形時，其等相互可相同亦可不同。 Y表示包含選自氫原子、碳原子、氧原子、氮原子、磷原子、硫原子中之原子的具有親水性之親水基。Y為複數個之情形時相互可相同亦可不同。 ＜7＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜6＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1包含聚矽氧系界面活性劑之有機改性聚矽氧，且作為該有機改性聚矽氧，包含選自由胺基改性聚矽氧、環氧改性聚矽氧、羧基改性聚矽氧、二醇改性聚矽氧、甲醇改性聚矽氧、(甲基)丙烯酸基改性聚矽氧、巰基改性聚矽氧、酚改性聚矽氧、聚醚改性聚矽氧、甲基苯乙烯基改性聚矽氧、長鏈烷基改性聚矽氧、高級脂肪酸酯改性聚矽氧、高級烷氧基改性聚矽氧、高級脂肪酸改性聚矽氧及氟改性聚矽氧所組成之群中之至少1種。 ＜8＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜7＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1包含聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧，且該聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧為選自由下述式[I]～[IV]所表示之化合物所組成之群中之至少1種。 [化19]
Figure TW201801700AD00020
[化20]
Figure TW201801700AD00021
[化21]
Figure TW201801700AD00022
[化22]
Figure TW201801700AD00023
式中，R31 表示烷基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基)。R32 表示單鍵或伸烷基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基)，較佳為表示上述伸烷基。複數個R31 、複數個R32 各自相互可相同亦可不同。M11 表示具有聚氧伸烷基之基，較佳為聚氧伸烷基。作為上述之聚氧伸烷基，可列舉：聚氧伸乙基、聚氧伸丙基、聚氧伸丁基、或將其等構成單體共聚合而成者等。m、n分別獨立為1以上之整數。再者，其等重複單元之符號係於各式(I)～(IV)中分別決定者，未必表示相同整數，亦可不同。 ＜9＞ 如上述＜1＞記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數大於0 mN/m，對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下。 ＜10＞ 一種不織布，其表面具有包含下述化合物C2之含有部、與不包含下述化合物C2之非含有部，且對配置有上述含有部及上述非含有部之不織布表面劃分出邊長5 mm之正方形時，於該正方形之區域中具有1個以上之上述含有部與上述非含有部之界面。 [化合物C2] 對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數大於0 mN/m，對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下之化合物。 ＜11＞ 如上述＜9＞或＜10＞記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C2對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力較佳為17 mN/m以下，更佳為13 mN/m以下，進而較佳為10 mN/m以下，特佳為9 mN/m以下，尤佳為1 mN/m以下，且大於0 mN/m。 ＜12＞ 如上述＜9＞至＜11＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C2對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數較佳為9 mN/m以上，更佳為10 mN/m以上，進而較佳為15 mN/m以上，且為50 mN/m以下。 ＜13＞ 如上述＜1＞及＜9＞至＜12＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C2包含具有選自由下述之結構Z、Z-Y、及Y-Z-Y所組成之群中之至少1種結構之化合物。 結構Z表示將＞C(A)-(C：碳原子)、-C(A)2 -、-C(A)(B)-、＞C(A)-C(R3 )＜、＞C(R3 )-、-C(R3 )(R4 )-、-C(R3 )2 -、＞C＜中之任一種基本結構重複、或者組合2種以上而成之結構之烴鏈。於結構Z之末端具有氫原子、或選自由-C(A)3 、-C(A)2 B、-C(A)(B)2 、-C(A)2 -C(R3 )3 、-C(R3 )2 A、-C(R3 )3 所組成之群中之至少1種基。 上述之R3 或R4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、氟烷基、芳烷基、或將其等組合而成之烴基、或者氟原子。A、B分別獨立地表示包含氧原子或氮原子之取代基。於結構Z內R3 、R4 、A、B各自存在複數個之情形時，其等相互可相同亦可不同。 Y表示包含選自氫原子、碳原子、氧原子、氮原子、磷原子、硫原子中之原子的具有親水性之親水基。Y於複數個之情形時相互可相同亦可不同。 ＜14＞ 如上述＜1＞及＜9＞至＜13＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C2包含選自由下述式[V]之任一者所表示之聚氧伸烷基(POA)烷基醚、以及下述式[VI]所表示之質量平均分子量1000以上之聚氧伸烷基二醇、硬脂醇聚醚、山崳醇聚醚、PPG肉豆蔻基醚、PPG硬脂基醚及PPG山崳基醚所組成之群中之至少1種化合物。 [化23]
Figure TW201801700AD00024
[化24]
Figure TW201801700AD00025
式中，L21 表示醚基、胺基、醯胺基、酯基、羰基、碳酸酯基、聚氧伸乙基、聚氧伸丙基、聚氧伸丁基、或將其等組合而成之聚氧伸烷基等鍵結基。R51 表示包含氫原子、甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基、甲氧基、乙氧基、苯基、氟烷基、芳烷基、或將其等組合而成之烴基、或者氟原子之各種取代基。又，a、b、m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。此處，Cm Hn 表示烷基(n＝2m＋1)，Ca Hb 表示伸烷基(a＝2b)。再者，其等碳原子數及氫原子數係於各式(V)及(VI)中各自獨立地決定者，未必表示相同之整數，亦可不同。再者，-(Ca Hb O)m -之「m」係1以上之整數。該重複單元之值係於各式(V)及(VI)中各自獨立地決定者，未必表示相同之整數，亦可不同。 ＜15＞ 如＜1＞及＜9＞至＜13＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C2包含選自由下述式[VII]所表示之脂肪酸、下述式[VIII-I]或[VIII-II]所表示之甘油脂肪酸酯及季戊四醇脂肪酸酯、下述式[IX]之任一者、下述式[X]之任一者、或下述式[XI]之任一者所表示之甘油脂肪酸酯、山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯、及季戊四醇脂肪酸酯之部分酯化物、具有下述式[XII]之固醇結構之化合物、下述式[XIII]所表示之醇、下述式[XIV]所表示之脂肪酸酯、以及下述式[XV]所表示之蠟所組成之群中之至少1種。 [化25]
Figure TW201801700AD00026
式[VII]中，m及n分別獨立地為1以上之整數。此處，Cm Hn 表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 [化26]
Figure TW201801700AD00027
[化27]
Figure TW201801700AD00028
式[VIII-I]及[VIII-II]中，m、m'、m''、n、n'及n''分別獨立為1以上之整數。複數個m、複數個n各自相互可相同亦可不同。此處，Cm Hn 、Cm 'Hn '及Cm ''Hn ''分別表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 [化28]
Figure TW201801700AD00029
式[IX]中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。複數個m、複數個n各自相互可相同亦可不同。此處，Cm Hn 係表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 [化29]
Figure TW201801700AD00030
式[X]中，R52 表示碳原子數2以上且22以下之直鏈或支鏈、飽和或不飽和之烴基(烷基、烯基、炔基等)。具體而言，可列舉：2-乙基己基、月桂基、肉豆蔻基、棕櫚基、硬脂基、山崳基、油醯基、亞麻油基等。 [化30]
Figure TW201801700AD00031
式[XI]中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。複數個m、複數個n各自相互可相同亦可不同。此處，Cm Hn 表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 [化31]
Figure TW201801700AD00032
[化32]
Figure TW201801700AD00033
式[XIII]中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。此處，Cm Hn 表示上述各醇之烴基。 [化33]
Figure TW201801700AD00034
式[XIV]中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。此處，2個Cm Hn 可相同亦可不同。Cm Hn -COO-之Cm Hn 表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。-COOCm Hn 之Cm Hn 表示源自形成酯之醇之烴基。 [化34]
Figure TW201801700AD00035
式[XV]中，m及n分別獨立為1以上之整數。 ＜16＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜15＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述正方形之區域係配置於成為受液部之位置。 ＜17＞ 如上述＜16＞記載之不織布，其中上述受液部於將上述不織布作為紙尿布或日用衛生棉之正面片材應用之情形時，係上述紙尿布或日用衛生棉之長度方向及寬度方向之中央部分，於將上述不織布作為夜用衛生棉之正面片材應用之情形時，係將該夜用衛生棉於長度方向上分割成4個區域之情形時之從前數第2個區域中之長度方向及寬度方向的中央部分。 ＜18＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜17＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中於上述正方形之區域存在複數個上述界面。 ＜19＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜18＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中於上述正方形之區域，上述含有部相對於上述非含有部之面積比大於1。 ＜20＞ 如上述＜16＞至＜19＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中自上述受液部起在不織布之長度方向之任一位置上配置有至少一個上述含有部相對於上述非含有部之面積比大於1之正方形。 ＜21＞ 如上述＜19＞或＜20＞記載之不織布，其中上述面積比、即含有部之面積/非含有部之面積超過1且為16以下，較佳為1.3以上，更佳為1.5以上，又，較佳為10以下，更佳為3以下。 ＜22＞ 如上述＜19＞或＜20＞記載之不織布，其中上述面積比、即含有部之面積/非含有部之面積為1.5以上且3以下。 ＜23＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜22＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中於不織布表面週期性地配置有上述含有部與上述非含有部。 ＜24＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜23＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述含有部及非含有部均在長度方向上帶狀地延伸，且該帶狀之含有部及非含有部係交替地配置在寬度方向上。 ＜25＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜23＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述含有部具有圓形，且該含有部複數個沿著長度方向及寬度方向兩方向相互隔開地於複數個方向上分散配置。 ＜26＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜23＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述含有部包含幾何學形狀之複數條線，將該含有部之間隙作為上述非含有部。 ＜27＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜23＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述非含有部包含幾何學形狀之複數條線，將該非含有部之間隙作為上述含有部。 ＜28＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜27＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中相鄰之上述含有部與上述非含有部之寬度之和為2500 μm以下。 ＜29＞ 如上述＜28＞記載之不織布，其中相鄰之上述含有部與上述非含有部之寬度之和為100 μm以上且2500 μm以下，較佳為2000 μm以下，更佳為1500 μm以下，又，較佳為500 μm以上，更佳為1000 μm以上。 ＜30＞ 如上述＜28＞記載之不織布，其中相鄰之上述含有部與上述非含有部之寬度之和為1000 μm以上且1500 μm以下。 ＜31＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜30＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述含有部之構成纖維之接觸角大於上述非含有部之構成纖維之接觸角。 ＜32＞ 如上述＜31＞記載之不織布，其中上述含有部之構成纖維之接觸角與上述非含有部之構成纖維之接觸角的差為5度以上且70度以下，較佳為10度以上，更佳為20度以上，又，較佳為50度以下，更佳為30度以下。 ＜33＞ 如上述＜31＞記載之不織布，其中上述含有部之構成纖維之接觸角與上述非含有部之構成纖維之接觸角的差為20度以上且30度以下。 ＜34＞ 如上述＜31＞至＜33＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述非含有部之構成纖維之接觸角較佳為90度以下，更佳為80度以下，進而較佳為70度以下。 ＜35＞ 如上述＜31＞至＜34＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述含有部之構成纖維之接觸角較佳為110度以下，更佳為90度以下，進而較佳為80度以下。 ＜36＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜35＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑、上述化合物C1或上述化合物C2之水溶解度為0 g以上且0.025 g以下。 ＜37＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜36＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑、上述化合物C1或上述化合物C2之表面張力較佳為32 mN/m以下，更佳為30 mN/m以下，進而較佳為25 mN/m以下，特佳為22 mN/m以下，且較佳為1 mN/m以上。 ＜38＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜37＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中上述不織布為具有凸部與凹部之凹凸形狀。 ＜39＞ 如上述＜38＞記載之不織布，其中上述凸部之頂部具有上述含有部。 ＜40＞ 如上述＜38＞或＜39＞記載之不織布，其中上述凹部之底部具有上述非含有部。 ＜41＞ 如上述＜38＞記載之不織布，其中上述凸部與上述含有部一致，上述凹部與上述非含有部一致。 ＜42＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜41＞中任一項記載之不織布，其中於至少一部分之纖維交絡點附近或纖維熔合點附近上述液膜開裂劑、上述化合物C1或上述化合物C2局部存在。 ＜43＞ 一種吸收性物品，其使用如上述＜1＞至＜42＞中任一項記載之不織布作為正面片材。 ＜44＞ 如上述＜43＞記載之吸收性物品，其中上述吸收性物品為經期衛生棉。 [實施例] 以下，基於實施例而對本發明進一步詳細地進行說明，但本發明並不應受其限定地解釋。再者，本實施例中，「份」及「%」只要無特別事先說明，則均為質量基準。又，展佈係數、界面張力、表面張力及水溶解度係如上所述，於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中進行測定所得者。下述實施例中之液膜開裂劑之表面張力、水溶解度及界面張力係藉由上述之測定方法而測得。再者，下述表中之「-」意指未使用項目名所示之劑、不具有符合項目之值等。又，「←」意指與左側之記載內容相同。 (實施例1) 藉由上述之方法製作圖9所示之凹凸形狀之原料不織布。上層(第1面1A側之層)係使用纖度1.2 dtex之非熱收縮性熱熔合纖維，下層(第2面1B側之層)係使用纖度2.3 dtex之熱收縮性纖維。此時之上層之纖維間距離為80 μm，下層之纖維間距離為60 μm。又，該不織布之基重為74 g/m2 。 對於上述原料不織布之凹凸構造之面，藉由軟版印刷方式而將聚氧伸乙基(POE)改性二甲基聚矽氧(信越化學工業股份有限公司製造 KF-6015)即結構X-Y中之X包含含有-Si(CH3 )2 O-之二甲基聚矽氧鏈、Y包含含有-(C2 H4 O)-之POE鏈，POE鏈之末端基為甲基(CH3 )，改性率為20%，聚氧伸乙基加成莫耳數為3，且質量平均分子量為4000之液膜開裂劑進行圖案塗佈。藉此，製作含有部與非含有部已成為圖1所示之條紋狀圖案配置之不織布試樣S1。作為該液膜開裂劑之聚氧伸乙基(POE)改性二甲基聚矽氧相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和係如表1所示。 上述液膜開裂劑之表面張力為21.0 mN/m，水溶解度未達0.0001 g。又，上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數為28.8 mN/m，對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為0.2 mN/m。其等數值係藉由上述之測定方法而測得。此時，「表面張力為50 mN/m之液體」係使用如下溶液，其係利用微量吸管(ACURA825，Socorex Isba SA公司製造)於100 g之去離子水中添加作為非離子系界面活性物質之聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單月桂酸酯(花王股份有限公司製造，商品名RHEODOL SUPER TW-L120)3.75 μL，而將表面張力調整至50±1 mN/m。又，水溶解度係每次添加0.0001 g之劑而測得。其結果，觀察到連0.0001 g都未溶解者係設為「未達0.0001 g」，觀察到溶解0.0001 g但未溶解0.0002 g者係設為「0.0001 g」。關於其以外之數值，亦藉由相同之方法而測得。 (實施例2) 將液膜開裂劑相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和如表1般設置，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作實施例2之不織布試樣S2。 (實施例3) 將液膜開裂劑相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和如表1般設置，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作實施例3之不織布試樣S3。 (實施例4) 將液膜開裂劑相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和如表1般設置，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作實施例4之不織布試樣S4。 (實施例5) 將液膜開裂劑相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和如表1般設置，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作實施例5之不織布試樣S5。 (實施例6) 將含有部與非含有部設為使圖3-1(B)所示之點旋轉90度之圖案配置，且將液膜開裂劑相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和如表1般設置，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作實施例6之不織布試樣S6。 (實施例7) 作為液膜開裂劑之環氧改性二甲基聚矽氧(信越化學工業股份有限公司製造，KF-101)係使用結構X-Y中之X包含含有-Si(CH3 )2 O-之二甲基聚矽氧鏈、Y包含含有-(RC2 H3 O)-之環氧基，且改性率為32%、質量平均分子量為35800者，使該液膜開裂劑溶解於溶質乙醇中，以液膜開裂劑之有效成分為3.0質量%之形式製作液膜開裂劑之塗佈液。 使用上述液膜開裂劑之塗佈液，且將液膜開裂劑相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和如表2般設置，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作實施例7之不織布試樣S7。 上述液膜開裂劑之表面張力為21.0 mN/m，水溶解度未達0.0001 g。又，上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數為26.0 mN/m，對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為3.0 mN/m。其等數值係藉由與實施例1相同之方法而測得。 (實施例8) 作為液膜開裂劑之三辛酸/癸酸甘油酯(花王股份有限公司製造之COCONAD MT)係使用結構Z-Y中之Z為*-O-CH(CH2 O-*)2 (*表示鍵結部)，Y包含C8 H15 O-或C10 H19 O-之烴鏈，脂肪酸組成包含辛酸82%、癸酸18%，且質量平均分子量為550者，使該液膜開裂劑溶解於溶質乙醇中，以液膜開裂劑之有效成分為3.0質量%之形式製作液膜開裂劑之塗佈液。 使用上述液膜開裂劑之塗佈液，且將液膜開裂劑相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和如表2般設置，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作實施例8之不織布試樣S8。 上述液膜開裂劑之表面張力為28.9 mN/m，水溶解度未達0.0001 g。又，上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數為8.8 mN/m，對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為12.3 mN/m。其等數值係藉由與實施例1相同之方法而測得。 (實施例9) 作為液膜開裂劑之液態異構石蠟(Luvitol Lite，BASF Japan股份有限公司製造)係使用質量平均分子量為450者，使該液膜開裂劑溶解於溶質己烷中，以液膜開裂劑之有效成分為3.0質量%之形式製作液膜開裂劑之塗佈液。 使用上述液膜開裂劑之塗佈液，且將液膜開裂劑相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和如表2般設置，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作實施例9之不織布試樣S9。 上述液膜開裂劑之表面張力為27.0 mN/m，水溶解度未達0.0001 g。又，上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數為14.5 mN/m，對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為8.5 mN/m。其等數值係藉由與實施例1相同之方法而測得。 (實施例10～12) 將液膜開裂劑相對於不織布整體之纖維質量之含有比率(OPU)、邊長5 mm之正方形區域中之界面之數、面積之比、含有部及非含有部之寬度、寬度之和如表2般設置，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作實施例10～12之不織布試樣S10～S12。 (比較例1) 將塗佈實施例1中所使用之液膜開裂劑前之原料不織布直接作為比較例1之不織布試樣C1而進行準備。 (比較例2) 將實施例1中所使用之液膜開裂劑塗佈至原料不織布之整面，除此以外，以與實施例1相同之方式製作比較例2之不織布試樣C2。 (正面片材(不織布試樣)之液體殘留量) 製作評價用經期衛生棉，該評價用經期衛生棉係自作為吸收性物品之一例之經期衛生棉(花王股份有限公司製造：Laurier透氣棉柔 30 cm，2014年製造)去除正面片材，代替其而積層不織布之試樣(以下，亦稱為不織布試樣)，將其周圍進行固定而獲得。 於各評價用經期衛生棉之表面上重疊具有內徑1 cm之透過孔之丙烯酸系板，向該衛生棉施加100 Pa之固定負荷。於該負荷下，使相當於經血之疑似血液(將日本Baiotesuto研究所股份有限公司製造之脫纖維馬血調整至8.0 cP者)6.0 g自該丙烯酸系板之透過孔流入。再者，所使用之脫纖維馬血係利用東機產業股份有限公司之TVB10形黏度計於30 rpm之條件下進行調整。脫纖維馬血若進行放置，則黏度較高之部分(紅血球等)沈澱，黏度較低之部分(血漿)係作為上清液殘留。將該部分之混合比率以成為8.0 cP之方式進行調整。於流入合計6.0 g之疑似血液60秒鐘後取下丙烯酸系板。繼而，對不織布試樣之重量(W2)進行測定，算出與事先測得之流入疑似血液前之不織布試樣之重量(W1)的差(W2－W1)。進行以上之操作3次，將3次之平均值設為液殘留量(mg)。液體殘留量係穿著者之肌膚濕潤至何種程度之指標，液體殘留量越少，越為良好之結果。再者，黏度之單位cP(厘泊)係藉由1 cP＝1×10-3 Pa・s進行換算。 (不織布表面之液體流動長度) 試驗裝置係使用具有試驗樣品之載置面相對於水平面傾斜45°之載置部者。將以各試樣作為正面片材之評價用經期衛生棉以正面片材朝向上方之方式載置於上述載置部上。評價用經期衛生棉係利用與上述正面片材(不織布試樣)之液體殘留量之測定相同之方式製作。將疑似血液(將日本Baiotesuto研究所股份有限公司製造之脫纖維馬血調整至8.0 cP者)0.5 g以0.1 g/秒鐘之速度滴下至各評價用經期衛生棉之表面上。測定首先接觸到不織布之地點至試驗液被吸收至不織布內部而不流動之地點為止之距離。再者，所使用之疑似血液係利用與上述正面片材(不織布試樣)之液體殘留量之測定相同之方法進行調整。進行以上之操作3次，將3次之平均值設為液體流動距離(mm)。液體流動距離係液體未被吸收至試驗樣品中而於表面上流動，於穿著時容易洩漏至何種程度之指標，液體流動距離越短，評價越高。 上述實施例及比較例之成分構成、及關於該實施例及比較例之各評價結果係如下述表1及2所示。 [表1]
Figure TW201801700AD00036
 [表2]
Figure TW201801700AD00037
 如表1及2所示般，不包含液膜開裂劑之比較例1之液體殘留量為265 mg。相對於此，含有液膜開裂劑之實施例1～12之液體殘留量成為比較例1之液體殘留量之一半以下，確認到液膜之有效之開裂。 又，整面地含有液膜開裂劑之比較例2之液體殘留量為73 mg，相對於此，液體流動長度為70 mm，係比較例1之液體流動長度33 mm之2倍以上。即，比較例2因液膜開裂而液體殘留減少，另一方面，於不織布表面之液體流動惡化，而液體流動防止性降低。相對於此，實施例1～12之液體流動長度較比較例2之液體流動長度短17%以上，而液體流動防止性提高。即，實施例1～12兼顧比較例1及2無法實現之液體殘留減少之提高與液體流動防止性之提高。 進而，於實施例2～5、11及12中，邊長5 mm之正方形內之含有部/非含有部之面積比為1以下之實施例2的液體流動長度為54 mm，相對於此，上述面積比大於1之實施例3～5、11及12之液體流動長度被抑制為較短，即實施例2之液體流動長度之2成以上。即，可知藉由上述面積比大於1，而與液體殘留減少效果相結合，液體流動防止性之效果較高。此外，於實施例1、3～5及10～12中，相鄰之含有部與非含有部之寬度之和超過2500 μm的實施例1之液體流動長度為58 mm。相對於此，上述寬度之和為2500 μm以下之實施例3～5及10～12之液體流動長度被抑制為較短，即實施例1之液體流動長度之3成以上。即，可知藉由上述寬度之和為2500 μm以下，而會與液體殘留減少效果相結合，從而液體流動防止性之效果較高。 將本發明與其實施形態及實施例一起進行了說明，但只要本發明者沒有特別指定，則本發明不受說明之任何細節限定，認為應於不會背離隨附之申請專利範圍所示之發明之精神與範圍的情況下廣範圍地進行解釋。 本申請案係主張基於2016年5月31日於日本提出專利申請之日本專利特願2016-109602之優先權者，其等係參照此處並將其內容作為本說明書之記載之一部分併入本文中。The present invention relates to a non-woven fabric which reduces the liquid film formed between the fibers of the non-woven fabric, achieves a higher level of liquid residue reduction, and improves the surface liquid flow prevention property. Non-woven fabrics used in front sheets and the like have narrow areas between fibers. Even if there is a space in this area that allows the excretion fluid (such as urine or menstrual blood; also simply referred to as liquid) to pass, it is also due to the capillary force between meniscus between fibers or the surface activity produced by plasma proteins, and the higher blood surface viscosity Properties, it will form a stable liquid film between the fibers and easily retain liquid. The previous technology cannot completely eliminate the liquid film, and there is still room for improvement in dryness. Furthermore, in recent years, in addition to dryness, consumers have demanded good skin feel. For this reason, the use of finer fibers has begun. However, if finer fibers are used, the spaces between the fibers become narrower. As a result, a liquid film between the fibers is more easily generated, and the liquid film is less likely to break, and liquid is more likely to remain. The liquid to be absorbed is not limited to blood. For example, urine also has surface activity due to phospholipids, so a liquid film is generated in the same manner as described above, and liquid remains. As a result, there is room for improvement in dryness. As described above, a technique for removing a liquid film of narrow portions between fibers formed in a nonwoven fabric is required. However, since the stability of the liquid film is high, it is difficult to remove the liquid film. In addition, it is also considered to apply a water-soluble surfactant to reduce the surface tension of the liquid and remove the liquid film. However, if such a surfactant is to be used in an absorbent article to achieve the removal of a liquid film, there is a possibility that the liquid may also pass through the liquid-repellent bottom sheet. In addition, from the viewpoint of liquid permeability of the nonwoven fabric, the surface of the nonwoven fabric needs a moderate hydrophilicity that the liquid can easily penetrate between the fibers. If the hydrophilicity of the surface of the nonwoven fabric is too low, the possibility of liquid flow on the surface of the nonwoven fabric becomes high before the liquid enters the space between the fibers. The non-woven fabric of the present invention can reduce the liquid film formed between the fibers of the non-woven fabric to achieve a higher level of liquid residue reduction, and improve the liquid flow prevention property on the surface. As a preferred embodiment of the nonwoven fabric of the present invention, for example, a nonwoven fabric 5 as shown in FIG. 1 may be mentioned. Furthermore, the nonwoven fabric of the present invention can be applied to various articles related to liquid absorption, for example, it can be used as a front sheet of absorbent articles such as menstrual tampons, baby diapers, and adult diapers. The nonwoven fabric 5 has a containing portion 6 containing a liquid film cleaving agent and a non-containing portion 7 not containing the liquid film cleaving agent on the surface of the nonwoven fabric. In the non-woven fabric 5, the containing portions 6 and the non-containing portions 7 each extending in a band shape in the longitudinal direction (Y direction) are alternately arranged in the width direction (X direction) orthogonal to the longitudinal direction. That is, the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 form a striped arrangement pattern. The extending direction of the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 is not limited to the length direction in this embodiment, and may be the width direction. The so-called length direction, as the name implies, is the direction in which the relative length of the nonwoven fabric is relatively long. When the nonwoven fabric is made into a roll shape as a raw material sheet, or when it is rolled out from a roll shape, it means The direction in which the nonwoven is rolled out. The width direction is a direction orthogonal to the length direction. In the state of the raw material sheet, it means a roll axis direction. When the alignment direction of the fibers constituting the nonwoven fabric is known, the alignment direction of the fibers may be referred to as a length direction. In this case, the width direction may be referred to as a direction orthogonal to the alignment direction of the fibers. In addition, the above-mentioned longitudinal direction is at the manufacturing stage of the non-woven fabric, and means a machine moving direction (MD: Machine Direction). The above-mentioned width direction is at the manufacturing stage of the non-woven fabric, and means a width direction (CD: Cross Direction) orthogonal to the machine unloading direction. Furthermore, when a non-woven fabric is cut to a specific size and used as a front sheet of an absorbent article, the length direction of the non-woven fabric is a direction consistent with the length direction of the absorbent article. Therefore, from the viewpoint of preventing liquid leakage, it is preferable to arrange the extending direction of the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 toward the longitudinal direction of the absorbent article in the form of the above-mentioned longitudinal direction (Y direction). In the non-woven fabric 5, when the surface of the non-woven fabric having the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 is divided into a square 8 with a side length of 5 mm, there is one or more containing portions 6 and non-containing portions 7 in the area of the square 8. Interface 9. The "square with a side length of 5 mm" here is assumed to be the size of a droplet flowing on the surface of a non-woven fabric or a droplet flowing along the wearer's body when wearing sanitary napkins. The “square with a side length of 5 mm” is an area where the surface of the nonwoven fabric on which the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 are arranged is appropriately and arbitrarily divided. Therefore, when the non-woven fabric 5 arbitrarily divides one or two or more of the above squares on the surface, each of the divided square regions has one or more interfaces 9 of the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7. At this time, The interface 9 means those inside the square 8, and the line-shaped interface 9 overlapping the outer periphery of the square 8 is not counted. For example, in the case of FIG. 2 (A), it is judged that the number of interfaces 9 in the area inside the square 8 is 7. In the case of FIG. 2 (B), the number of interfaces 9 overlapping the outer circumference of the square 8 is not counted, and the number of interfaces 9 determined to be in the area inside the square 8 is 6. The containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 are distinguished based on the presence or absence of a liquid film cleaving agent. In addition, in FIG. 1, in order to understand the arrangement area and arrangement pattern of the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7, the containing portion 6 is patterned and shown, but in reality, it may not be able to be distinguished visually (hereinafter, (Same in FIGS. 2 to 6). Therefore, the distinction between the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 is not confirmed visually, but is confirmed by the following method. That is, an oil-absorbent paper was affixed to the surface of the non-woven fabric 5, and an acrylic plate having a thickness of 4 mm was placed thereon, and a weight was used to make it 600 g / cm. 2 Apply the load for 30 seconds. Immediately after the load was applied, the oil-absorbing paper was peeled off, and the oil-absorbing paper was placed on a black backing paper, and the change in color was visually confirmed. The portion where the color changes is the containing portion 6 containing the liquid film cleaving agent, and the other portion is the non-containing portion 7. As the above-mentioned oil-absorbing paper, various ones can be used, and examples thereof include a gold-foil paper-made oil-absorbing paper manufactured by Katani Sangyo Co., Ltd. The so-called liquid film cleaving agent contained in the containing portion 6 means that a liquid film, such as a highly viscous liquid such as menstrual blood, or an excretion liquid such as urine, is brought into contact with the non-woven fabric to form a liquid film between the fibers of the non-woven fabric or the surface of the fiber, thereby suppressing the liquid film. The forming agent has a function of cracking the formed liquid film and a function of suppressing the formation of the liquid film. The former can be described as the main role, and the latter can be described as the subsidiary role. The cracking of the liquid film is achieved by pushing a part of the liquid film layer of the liquid film cracking agent to make it unstable. By the action of the liquid film cleaving agent, the liquid does not remain in the narrow area between the fibers of the laminated nonwoven fabric, and it becomes easy to pass. That is, it becomes a nonwoven fabric excellent in liquid permeability. Thereby, even if the fibers constituting the non-woven fabric are thinned and the distance between the fibers is narrowed, the softness of the skin feel and the suppression of liquid residue are taken into consideration. (Properties to make liquid film disappear) The liquid film cleavage agent used in the present invention has a property to make liquid film disappear. Based on this property, the liquid film cleavage agent is applied to a test solution mainly composed of a plasma component or In the case of artificial urine, the liquid film disappearing effect can be exhibited. The artificial urine system will have urea 1.940% by mass, sodium chloride 0.795% by mass, magnesium sulfate 0.110% by mass, calcium chloride 0.062% by mass, potassium sulfate 0.197% by mass, red No. 2 (dye) 0.010% by mass, and water (about 96.88%). Mass%) and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether (approximately 0.07% by mass) are adjusted to a surface tension of 53 ± 1 mN / m (23 ° C). Here, the so-called liquid film disappearing effect includes the following two effects: for a structure entrained with air due to a liquid film formed by a test solution or artificial urine, suppressing the formation of the liquid film of the structure, and causing the structure to be formed An agent that disappears and exhibits at least one effect has the property of exhibiting an effect of disappearing a liquid film. The above test solution is a liquid component extracted from defibrillated horse blood (manufactured by NIPPON BIOTEST Co., Ltd.). Specifically, if 100 mL of defibrillated horse blood is allowed to stand for 1 hour at a temperature of 22 ° C and a humidity of 65%, the defiber horse blood is separated into an upper layer and a lower layer, and at this time, the upper layer is the above-mentioned test solution. The upper layer contains mainly plasma components and the lower layer contains mainly blood cells. When only the upper layer is taken out of the defibrated horse blood separated into the upper layer and the lower layer, for example, a pipette (manufactured by Kensakizai Co., Ltd.) can be used. Regarding whether a certain agent has the above-mentioned "dissolving property of the liquid film", it is assumed that the structure is liable to generate a structure that is entrained with air due to the liquid film formed by the test liquid or artificial urine to which the agent is applied. At that time, the amount of the structure, that is, the amount of the liquid film, is judged. That is, the test solution or artificial urine was adjusted to a temperature of 25 ° C, and then 10 g was added to a spiral tube (No. 5, manufactured by Maruemu Co., Ltd., a tube diameter of 27 mm, and a total length of 55 mm) to obtain a standard sample. In addition, as a measurement sample, 0.01 g of the same as the standard sample was obtained by adding an agent to be measured to 25 ° C in advance. The standard sample and the measurement sample were oscillated vigorously in a reciprocating manner in the upward and downward directions of the spiral tube, and then quickly placed on a horizontal surface. By the oscillation of the sample, a liquid layer (lower layer) without the above structure and a structure layer (upper layer) containing a large number of the structures are formed inside the spiral tube after the oscillation. Ten seconds after the end of the shaking, the height of the structural layer (the height of the liquid layer to the upper surface of the structural layer) of the two samples was measured. Then, when the height of the structure layer of the measurement sample is 90% or less with respect to the height of the structure layer of the standard sample, the agent to be measured is considered to have a liquid film cracking effect. The liquid film cracking agent used in the present invention is a single compound that meets the above properties or a mixture of a plurality of single compounds that meet the above properties, or satisfies the above properties by a combination of multiple compounds Cracking) agent. That is, the liquid film cleaving agent means an agent limited to those having a liquid film cleaving effect based on the above definition. Therefore, when a compound applied to an absorbent article contains a third component that does not meet the above definition, it is distinguished from a liquid film cleaving agent. In addition, as for the liquid film cleaving agent and the third component, the so-called "single compound" is a concept including compounds having the same composition formula but different molecular weights due to different numbers of repeating units. The liquid film cracking agent can be appropriately selected and used from those described in paragraphs [0007] to [0186] of the specification of International Publication No. 2016/098796. In the present invention, the so-called non-woven containing portion 6 contains or contains a liquid film cleaving agent, and mainly refers to the surface attached to the fiber. However, as long as the liquid film cleaving agent remains on the surface of the fiber, the liquid film cleaving agent may be contained in the fiber, or may be contained in the fiber by internal addition. As a method for attaching the liquid film cleaving agent to the surface of the fiber, various methods generally used can be adopted without particular limitation. Examples include flexographic printing, inkjet printing, gravure printing, screen printing, spraying, and brush coating. These treatments may be performed after the fiber is web-formed by various methods, and thereafter, the fiber web may be made into a non-woven fabric or incorporated into an absorbent article. The fiber with the liquid film cracking agent adhered to the surface is dried at a temperature sufficiently lower than the melting point of the fiber resin (for example, 120 ° C. or lower) by a hot-air blower dryer, for example. When the liquid film cracking agent is attached to the fiber by using the above-mentioned adhesion method, a solution containing the liquid film cracking agent or a liquid film cracking agent prepared by dissolving the liquid film cracking agent in a solvent as needed is used. Emulsions and dispersions. Regarding the liquid film cleaving agent of the present invention, in order for the nonwoven fabric to have the following liquid film cleaving effect, the liquid film cleaving agent must exist in a liquid state when it comes into contact with body fluids. In this respect, the melting point of the liquid film cleaving agent of the present invention is preferably 40 ° C or lower, more preferably 35 ° C or lower. Furthermore, the melting point of the liquid film cleaving agent of the present invention is preferably -220 ° C or higher, and more preferably -180 ° C or higher. The liquid film cleaving agent is described below, and its surface tension is lower than that of the previous hydrophilic treatment agents used for nonwoven fabric fibers. That is, the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing portion 6 is larger than the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing portion 7. Therefore, the constituent fibers of the containing portion 6 are provided with a sliding property or hydrophobicity by a liquid film cleaving agent, and the sliding property of the liquid on the surface of the nonwoven fabric is improved compared with the case where there is no liquid film cleaving agent. Especially when the surface receives liquid from the dry state for the first time, the surface of the liquid is easy to flow out. On the other hand, since the non-containing portion 7 does not have a liquid film cleaving agent, it plays a role of suppressing the liquid from flowing out on the surface of the nonwoven fabric 5. The non-woven fabric 5 has at least one interface between a containing portion 6 and a non-containing portion 7 in a square area corresponding to the size of a droplet. Therefore, on the surface of the non-woven fabric 5, at least one group of the liquid film cracking agent containing portion 6 and the liquid film cracking agent containing portion 7 are superposed on one droplet. In such overlap, the liquid film cracking effect of the containing portion 6 and the liquid flow suppressing effect of the non-containing portion are simultaneously exhibited with respect to the droplet. As a result, while the non-woven fabric 5 suppresses the liquid flow on the surface of the non-woven fabric, the liquid film formed between the fibers is cracked to increase the liquid permeability in the thickness direction. Thereby, the reduction of the liquid residue of the nonwoven fabric 5 can be achieved and maintained, and the surface flow prevention property of the liquid can be improved. In addition, the function and specific examples of the liquid film cracking agent will be described in detail below. Regarding the difference between the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing portion 6 and the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing portion 7, the ease of the shrinkage of the outer periphery of the droplet on the containing portion 6, that is, the waveform of the outer periphery of the droplet 90 From the viewpoint of easiness, it is preferably 5 degrees or more, more preferably 10 degrees or more, and even more preferably 20 degrees or more. From the viewpoint of the ease of maintaining the generated waveform, the difference between the contact angles is preferably 70 degrees or less, more preferably 50 degrees or less, and even more preferably 30 degrees or less. The contact angle can be measured by the following method. The contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing portion 7 is preferably 90 degrees or less, more preferably 80 degrees or less, and even more preferably 70 degrees or less. Thereby, the wettability of the fiber surface is appropriately imparted and the liquid enters between the fibers, thereby easily suppressing the liquid flow, and the wetted area increases, and the liquid film cleaving agent becomes easy to move to the liquid film. The contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing portion 6 is preferably 110 degrees or less, more preferably 90 degrees or less, and even more preferably 80 degrees or less. Thereby, the sliding property or hydrophobicity of the containing portion 6 is weakened, and the surface outflow of the liquid existing on the surface of the nonwoven fabric becomes less likely to occur. The measurement of the contact angle can be performed by the following method. That is, the fiber is taken out from a specific part of the nonwoven fabric, and the contact angle of water with respect to the fiber is measured. As the measuring device, an automatic contact angle meter MCA-J manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd. was used. Deionized water was used for the measurement of the contact angle. The measurement was performed under the conditions of a temperature of 25 degrees and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. The amount of liquid ejected from the inkjet-type water droplet ejection section (pulse ejector CTC-25, manufactured by Cluster Technology, with an orifice diameter of 25 μm) was set to 20 picoliters, and water droplets were dripped directly above the fiber. Record the drops to a high-speed recording device connected to a horizontally set camera. As for the recording device, from the viewpoint of subsequent image analysis, a personal computer equipped with a high-speed capture device is preferable. In this measurement, images were recorded every 17 msec. In the recorded image, the initial image when water droplets are dropped onto the fibers taken from the nonwoven is using the attached software FAMAS (set: the software version is 2.6.2, the analysis method is the droplet method, and the analysis method is θ / 2 Method, the image processing algorithm is non-reflection, the image processing image mode is frame, the threshold level is 200, and no curvature correction is performed. And the contact angle. The fiber taken out from the non-woven fabric was cut to a fiber length of 1 mm, and the fiber was placed on a sample table of a contact angle meter and maintained horizontally. For each of these fibers, the contact angles at two different locations were measured. The contact angle of N = 5 was measured up to one digit below the decimal point, and the value (rounded to the second digit below the decimal point) obtained by averaging the measured values of a total of 10 locations was defined as the contact angle. The arrangement pattern of the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 is not limited to those shown in FIG. 1 as long as it satisfies the condition of the square 8 described above, and can take into account the cracking effect of the liquid film and the surface flow suppression effect of the droplets. pattern. For example, even with the same stripe-shaped arrangement pattern, the extending direction may be different from that in FIG. 1. As a specific example thereof, a pattern in which the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 extend in a band shape in the X direction orthogonal to the Y direction as shown in FIG. 3-1 (A) may be mentioned. It is also possible to dispose the containing portions 6 discontinuously from each other. At this time, the shape of the containing portions 6 spaced apart from each other is not particularly limited, and various shapes such as a circle, a rectangle, and a dotted line can be adopted. A pattern in which the containing portions 6 having a specific shape as described above are arranged apart from each other in the Y direction and the X direction may be used. That is, it may be a disposition pattern in which a plurality of containing portions 6 having a specific shape are dispersedly arranged in a plurality of directions along the lengthwise direction and the widthwise direction of the nonwoven fabric. For example, as shown in FIG. 3-1 (B), the pattern etc. which arrange | position the containing part 6 made into a circle (dotted shape) from each other in the Y direction and X direction, etc. are mentioned. In this case, a portion adjacent to the containing portion 6 becomes the non-containing portion 7. In this pattern, the distance between the containing portions 6 in the Y direction and the X direction may be the same, and the distance between the containing portions 6 in the Y direction and the X direction may be different. Figure 3-1 (B) is a pattern in which the distance between the vertical and horizontal portions is fixed. Furthermore, it may be a layout pattern in which the non-containing portion 7 and not the containing portion 6 are formed into a specific shape and dispersedly arranged in a plurality of directions. In this case, a portion adjacent to the non-containing portion 7 becomes the containing portion 6. Moreover, the arrangement | positioning pattern which imitate the containing part 6 or the non-containing part 7 into the shape of various figures may be sufficient. For example, a plurality of containing portions 6 may be arranged in the form of wavy lines, and the containing portions 6 may be the non-containing portions 7. It may be a pattern in which the containing portion 6 is formed into a plurality of round circles having different sizes, and the concentric circles are spaced apart from each other. In this case, the containing portions 6 also become non-containing portions. Furthermore, the containing part 6 or the non-containing part 7 may be set to a more complicated geometric shape. For example, as shown in FIG. 3-2 (C), the containing portions 6 may include a plurality of lines having geometric shapes such as a lattice shape, and the containing portions 6 may be non-containing portions 7. It may also be reversed, and as shown in FIG. 3-2 (D), the non-containing portions 7 include a plurality of lines with geometric shapes such as a lattice shape, and the non-containing portions 7 are the containing portions 6. The non-woven fabric 5 preferably has a plurality of (two or more) interfaces 9 in the area of the square 8. The existence of a plurality of interfaces 9 exerts a strong restraining effect on the liquid droplets crossing both the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7, and makes the surface flow of the liquid less likely to occur. This effect is specifically as follows. In other words, the interface 9 is based on the presence or absence of the liquid film cleaving agent, and the contact angle between the adjacent containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 is different. Since the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing portion 6 is greater than that of the non-containing portion 7 The contact angle of the fibers is imparted with sliding properties or hydrophobicity due to the liquid film cleaving agent, making it difficult to wet the droplets. In addition, the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing portion 7 is smaller than the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing portion 6, and wetting of the droplets is easier than in the case where a liquid film cleaving agent is present. Based on this difference in wettability, with the interface 9 as the boundary, the outer periphery of the droplets on the containing portion 6 is contracted as if bound, and the outer periphery of the droplets on the non-containing portion 7 shrinks inwardly and outwardly. . With the existence of a plurality of interfaces 9, the constricted sites of the droplets increase, and as shown in FIG. 4, the outer periphery of the droplets 90 is waved. With the waveform, the distance between the contact line of the liquid droplets and the nonwoven fabric 5 increases, and the liquid droplets are difficult to move on the surface of the nonwoven fabric 5, so that the effect of suppressing the surface flow of the liquid droplets is exerted more strongly. At the same time, the interface 9 which is the boundary of the contact angle is formed by the liquid film cracking agent, thereby causing the liquid film cracking between the fibers of the nonwoven fabric 5 to increase the permeability of the liquid in the thickness direction. Thereby, while the higher liquid residue of the nonwoven fabric 5 can be reduced, the surface flow prevention property of the liquid can be improved. In addition, due to the existence of a plurality of interfaces 9 in the area of the square 8, on the plane of the non-woven fabric, droplets of excretory fluid or droplets flowing along the body of the wearer when wearing an absorbent article first contact the non-woven fabric or the non-woven fabric. In the process of flowing on the surface of the non-woven fabric after the contact, the probability of crossing both the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 becomes higher. Thereby, the above-mentioned effect is exerted more strongly, and the higher liquid residue reduction of the non-woven fabric and the surface flow prevention property of the liquid can be further improved. In the non-woven fabric 5, the area including the square 8 including the interface 9 that functions as described above may exist in the entire non-woven fabric 5 or a part of the non-woven fabric 5. That is, the combination of the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 of the liquid film cleaving agent may exist on the entire surface of the nonwoven fabric 5 or on a portion of the surface of the nonwoven fabric 5. It is preferable that the area of the square 8 is arranged at least at the position of the non-woven fabric 5 which will become a liquid receiving portion directly receiving liquid. The so-called liquid-receiving portion, as the name suggests, means that when the nonwoven fabric 5 is used in an absorbent article, it means a portion that catches the excretory fluid. For example, when the non-woven fabric 5 is used as a front sheet of a paper diaper or a daily-use sanitary napkin, the liquid-receiving portion is considered to be a central portion in the length direction and width direction of the paper diaper or daily-use sanitary napkin. When the non-woven fabric 5 is used as a front sheet of a night-use sanitary napkin, the liquid-receiving unit is considered to be the second-most previous case when the night-use sanitary napkin is divided into four regions in the lengthwise direction. The central part of the length direction and the width direction in each area. The term "front" used herein refers to the direction toward the abdomen side of the wearer when wearing the night sanitary napkin. In particular, when the nonwoven fabric 5 is used as a front sheet of an absorbent article, the above-mentioned case is effective from the viewpoint of liquid absorption. That is, for the absorbent article, in order to effectively act on the excretory fluid, it is preferable that the square region of the non-woven fabric 5 is present in a portion (a drainage port abutting portion) that abuts the excretory portion of the wearer. The excretory port abutment portion varies depending on the use of the absorbent article and the like. For example, in the menstrual tampon 100 with flanks shown in FIG. 5, at the center of the width of the front sheet 110 overlapping the absorbent body 120, the quilt extending from the position sandwiched by the flanks 130 forward and backward in the length direction A portion surrounded by the leakage prevention groove 140 becomes the excretion port abutting portion 150. Here, the non-woven fabric 5 is preferably configured such that a region of a square 8 having one or more interfaces 9 is arranged. In addition, regarding the thickness direction of the non-woven fabric 5, it is preferable that a liquid film cleaving agent is contained on at least the surface on the side receiving the liquid. In the front sheet of the above example, it is preferable that a liquid film cleaving agent is contained at least on the skin abutment surface side which is in contact with the skin of the wearer. Moreover, in the nonwoven fabric 5, it is preferable that the area ratio of the containing part 6 with respect to the non-containing part 7 is larger than 1. It means the area ratio in the area divided by the square 8 with a side length of 5 mm. For the non-woven surface area where the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 are arranged, at least one square area having a side length of 5 mm that satisfies the above-mentioned area ratio of 1 or more may be present. There is at least one square area at any position in the longitudinal direction of the nonwoven fabric 5 that is the direction in which the longitudinal direction of the absorbent article is the same. In this case, the above-mentioned "any position in a direction that coincides with the length direction of the nonwoven fabric 5, that is, the length direction of the absorbent article" also includes the liquid receiving portion. The area ratio can be measured by the above-mentioned method using an oil-absorbing paper. It was confirmed that since the area ratio is greater than 1, the liquid flow can be reduced by being stable. The contained portion 6 is a portion that is contracted in a manner such that the outer portion of the droplet shrinks internally. Therefore, when the area ratio of the contained portion 6 to the non-contained portion 7 is greater than 1, the shrinkage becomes larger, and it becomes easier to produce larger portions. The waveform amplitude. Thereby, the distance between the droplet and the contact line of the nonwoven fabric 5 is increased, and the effect of suppressing the surface flow of the droplet can be improved. Furthermore, in the non-woven fabric 5, since the area ratio is larger than 1, when the liquid droplets which stopped the liquid flow enter the space between the fibers, the liquid film is susceptible to cracking by the liquid film. That is, for the liquid received by the non-woven fabric 5, the liquid film cracking effect and the liquid flow prevention effect are more clearly expressed at the same time, while the higher liquid residue reduction of the non-woven fabric 5 can be achieved while improving the surface flow prevention property of the liquid. The area ratio (the area of the contained portion / the area of the non-contained portion) is more preferably 1.3 or more, and even more preferably 1.5 or more from the viewpoint of an increase in the waveform. The upper limit of the area ratio is not particularly limited. Regarding the waveform of the droplet, from the viewpoint of maintaining the balance between the shrinkage in the containing portion 6 and the expansion in the non-containing portion 7, the area is preferably 16 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 3 or less. Furthermore, in the nonwoven fabric 5, it is more preferable that the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 are periodically arranged on the surface of the nonwoven fabric. Thereby, the same area as the area divided by the square 8 having one or more interfaces 9 is repeated in the plane direction of the non-woven fabric to perform pattern arrangement. When the area divided by the square 8 satisfies the condition that "the area ratio of the containing portion 6 to the non-containing portion 7 is greater than 1", in the above-mentioned periodic arrangement, the square 8 meeting the condition of the area ratio The areas are repeated in the plane direction of the non-woven fabric to perform pattern arrangement. For example, the arrangement shown in FIGS. 3-1 and 3-2 described above can be cited. By periodically arranging, the above-mentioned effects exhibited in the area divided by the square 8 will be highly uniform at various points on the surface of the nonwoven fabric. That is, even if the position where the liquid is received is not fixed, and it will shift every time it receives liquid, it will effectively show the expected binding effect on the droplets and the cracking effect of the liquid film between the fibers. Thereby, the non-woven fabric 5 has excellent liquid permeability in a wide range, and can achieve higher liquid residue reduction while improving liquid surface flow prevention properties. The above-mentioned case is effective from the viewpoint of liquid absorption when the nonwoven fabric 5 is used as a front sheet of an absorbent article. When the non-woven fabric 5 is used as the front sheet of the absorbent article, even if it is assumed that the location where the droplets are adhered is changed due to the wearing method or daily movements, it is possible to exhibit high leakproofness and liquid permeability. Therefore, if the nonwoven fabric 5 is used as the front sheet, it can greatly contribute to improving the liquid absorbency and wearing feeling of the absorbent article. Moreover, in the nonwoven fabric 5, it is preferable that the sum of the width of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 is 2500 micrometers or less. Particularly preferred is the condition that the sum of the above widths is satisfied in the area divided by the square with a side length of 5 mm. As a result, the contact line between the flowing liquid droplets (about 5 mm) and the non-woven fabric becomes easily wavy, and the surface flow suppressing effect of the liquid can be improved. At this time, if the condition that the "area ratio is greater than 1" is satisfied, it is better to suppress the surface flow of the liquid caused by the condition that the sum of the widths is satisfied. Here, the "width of the containing portion 6" means the shortest distance between adjacent non-containing portions 7, 7. The "width of the non-containing portion 7" means the shortest distance between adjacent containing portions 6 and 6. For example, in the case of a striped pattern arrangement, as shown in FIG. 6 (A), the width of the containing portion 6 is the bandwidth 6A between the adjacent non-containing portions 7, 7, and the width of the non-containing portion 7 is adjacent The bandwidth 7A between the containing sections 6 and 6. When the containing portion 6 is arranged in a circular (dot-like) pattern arranged at a certain interval from each other as shown in FIG. 6 (B), the width of the containing portion 6 is the diameter 6B of the circle. The width of the non-containing portion 7 is the shortest distance 7B between the containing portions 6 and 6. The above-mentioned width can be measured by the above-mentioned method using an oil-absorbing paper and based on the above-mentioned definition. The sum of the widths of the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 described above is more preferably 2000 μm or less, and further preferably 1500 μm or less, from the viewpoint of the waveform of the droplet. The lower limit of the sum of the widths is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of increasing the waveform amplitude, the sum of the widths is preferably 100 μm or more, more preferably 500 μm or more, and even more preferably 1000 μm or more. . Next, a preferred embodiment of the liquid film cleaving agent contained in the containing portion of the nonwoven fabric of the present invention will be described. The spreading coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent of the first embodiment to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is 15 mN / m or more. In addition, the compound having the properties of the liquid film cleaving agent of the first embodiment may be referred to as compound C1. The liquid film cleaving agent preferably has a water solubility of 0 g to 0.025 g. The nonwoven fabric of the first embodiment contains the above-mentioned liquid film cleaving agent. The "spreading factor for liquids with a surface tension of 50 mN / m" possessed by liquid film cleaving agents refers to the spreading factor for liquids that are supposed to be excretory fluid such as menstrual blood or urine. The so-called "spreading coefficient" is obtained based on the measured value obtained by the following measuring method in an environmental area of a temperature of 25 ° C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%, based on the following formula (1) Value. In addition, the liquid film in the formula (1) means a liquid phase of "a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m", and includes a liquid in a state where the film has been developed between fibers or on the surface of the fiber, and the film is developed Both liquids in the previous state are also referred to as liquids for short. In addition, the surface tension of formula (1) means the interfacial tension at the interface between the liquid film and the liquid film cleaving agent and the gas phase, which is different from the interfacial tension between the liquid film cleaving agent and the liquid film between the liquid phase. This difference is the same as in other descriptions of this specification. S = γ w －Γ o －Γ wo (1) γ w : Surface tension of liquid film (liquid) o : Surface tension of liquid film cracking agent wo : The interfacial tension between the liquid film cleaving agent and the liquid film According to the formula (1), it can be known that the spreading coefficient (S) of the liquid film cleaving agent depends on the surface tension of the liquid film cleaving agent (γ o ) Becomes smaller and larger, and will be caused by the interfacial tension between the liquid film cracking agent and the liquid film (γ wo ) Gets smaller and bigger. With this spreading factor of 15 mN / m or more, the liquid film cracking agent becomes the one having higher mobility, that is, diffusivity, on the surface of the liquid film generated in the narrow region between the fibers. From this viewpoint, the spreading coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent is more preferably 20 mN / m or more, more preferably 25 mN / m or more, and even more preferably 30 mN / m or more. On the other hand, the upper limit is not particularly limited, but according to formula (1), the upper limit is 50 mN / m when a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN / m is used; the upper surface tension is 60 mN / In the case of a liquid of m, the upper limit becomes 60 mN / m; in the case of using a liquid with a surface tension of 70 mN / m, the upper limit becomes 70 mN / m, so the surface tension of the liquid forming the liquid film becomes the upper limit . Therefore, in the present invention, from the viewpoint of using a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m, the upper limit of the spreading coefficient is 50 mN / m or less. The so-called "water solubility" of the liquid film cracking agent is based on the mass (g) that the liquid film cracking agent can dissolve in 100 g of deionized water, and is based on the following measurement method, at a temperature of 25 ° C and a relative humidity ( RH) 65% of the measured value in the environmental area. Since the water solubility is 0 g or more and 0.025 g or less, the liquid film cracking agent is difficult to dissolve and forms an interface with the liquid film, so that the above-mentioned diffusivity is more effectively exhibited. From the same viewpoint, the water solubility of the liquid film cracking agent is preferably 0.0025 g or less, more preferably 0.0017 g or less, and still more preferably 0.0001 g or less. In addition, the smaller the water solubility, the better, and it is 0 g or more. From the viewpoint of diffusibility to the liquid film, it is actually set to 1.0 × 10. -9 g or more. In addition, it is considered that the above-mentioned water solubility is also completely applicable to menstrual blood, urine, and the like containing water as a main component. Surface tension (γ of liquid film with surface tension of 50 mN / m) (γ w ), Surface tension of liquid film cracking agent (γ o ) 、 Interfacial tension between liquid film cracking agent and liquid film (γ wo ), And the water solubility of the liquid film cracking agent were measured by the following method. When the nonwoven fabric to be measured is a member (for example, a front sheet) incorporated in an absorbent article such as a physiological article or a disposable diaper, it is taken out and measured in the following manner. That is, for an absorbent article, the adhesive used for joining the member to be measured and other members is weakened by a cooling method such as cold spraying, and then the member to be measured is carefully peeled off and taken out. This take-out method is suitable for the measurement of the non-woven fabric of the present invention such as the measurement of the distance between fibers and the fineness described below. In the case of measuring the liquid film cleaving agent attached to the fiber, first, the fiber to which the liquid film cleaving agent is adhered is washed with a washing liquid such as hexane, methanol, or ethanol, and the cleaning used The solvent (cleaning solvent containing a liquid film cleaving agent) is dried and taken out. The mass of the material taken out at this time is suitable for calculating the content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cracking agent with respect to the fiber mass. When the amount of the removed substance is small for measuring the surface tension or interfacial tension, an appropriate column and solvent are selected according to the composition of the extracted substance, and then each component is analyzed by high performance liquid chromatography. Classify each component, and then perform MS (mass spectrometry) measurement, NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) measurement, and elemental analysis on each component to identify the structure of each component. When the liquid film cleaving agent contains a polymer compound, it becomes easier to identify the constituents by using a method such as gel permeation chromatography (GPC) in combination. If the substance is a commercially available product, it is purchased, and if the substance is not a commercially available product, it is synthesized to obtain a sufficient amount to measure the surface tension or interfacial tension. Especially when measuring surface tension and interfacial tension, when the liquid film cracking agent obtained in the above manner is solid, it is heated to the melting point of the liquid film cracking agent + 5 ° C to make the phase transfer to a liquid, and at this temperature The measurement was performed directly under the conditions. (Surface tension of liquid film (liquid) (γ w (Measurement method of)) Measurement can be performed using a platinum plate by the plate method (Wilhelmy method) in an environmental area having a temperature of 25 ° C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. As the measuring device at this time, an automatic surface tension meter "CBVP-Z" (trade name, manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.) can be used. Platinum plates are those with a purity of 99.9%, dimensions of 25 mm in length and 10 mm in width. Furthermore, in the following measurement of the liquid film cracking agent, the above-mentioned measurement method is used, and the above-mentioned "liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN / m" uses the following solution, which is added as deionized water as Polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate (for example, manufactured by Kao Corporation, trade name: RHEODOL SUPER TW-L120) and a surface tension adjusted to 50 ± 1 mN / m. (Surface tension of liquid film cracking agent (γ o Method of measurement) can be related to the surface tension of the liquid film (γ w The measurement of) is performed in the same manner in an environmental region with a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity (RH) of 65% by the plate method using the same device. When this measurement is performed, when the liquid film cracking agent obtained as described above is solid, it is heated to the melting point of the liquid film cracking agent + 5 ° C to make the phase transfer to a liquid, and it is directly implemented under the temperature condition. Determination. (Interfacial tension between liquid film cracking agent and liquid film (γ wo Measurement method of)) It can be measured by the hanging drop method in an environmental area with a temperature of 25 ° C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. As the measurement device at this time, an automatic interface viscoelasticity measurement device (manufactured by TECLIS-ITCONCEPT, trade name THE TRACKER; or KRUSS company, trade name DSA25S) can be used. In the hanging drop method, the adsorption of the non-ionic interface active substance contained in the liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m at the same time as the formation of the drops begins, and the interface tension decreases with time. Therefore, the interfacial tension when a drop is formed (at 0 seconds) is read. When the measurement is performed, when the liquid film cracking agent obtained as described above is solid, it is heated to the melting point of the liquid film cracking agent + 5 ° C, and the phase is transferred to a liquid, and under the temperature conditions The measurement was performed directly. When measuring the interfacial tension, when the density difference between the liquid film cracking agent and the liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN / m is very small, or when the viscosity is very high, if the interfacial tension value is the measurement limit of the suspension drop agent Hereinafter, the measurement of the interfacial tension by the hanging drop method may be difficult. In this case, the measurement can be performed by the spin-drop method in an environmental region where the temperature is 25 ° C and the relative humidity (RH) is 65%. As the measuring device at this time, a spin-drop interfacial tensiometer (KRUSS, trade name: SITE100) can be used. In addition, regarding this measurement, the interfacial tension when the shape of the drop is stable is also read. When the obtained liquid film cracking agent is solid, it is heated to the melting point of the liquid film cracking agent + 5 ° C to cause phase transfer. It is a liquid, and measurement is performed directly under the temperature conditions. Furthermore, when the interfacial tension can be measured by both the above-mentioned measuring devices, a smaller interfacial tension value is used as the measurement result. (Measuring method for water solubility of liquid film cracking agent) While stirring 100 g of deionized water with a stirrer in an environment area with a temperature of 25 ° C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%, slowly obtain the liquid film cracking agent obtained. Dissolve in situ, and the amount of dissolution at the point when it is no longer dissolved (suspension or precipitation, precipitation, white turbidity is visible) is set to water solubility. Specifically, it measured by adding 0.0001 g each time. As a result, those who did not dissolve even 0.0001 g were regarded as "below 0.0001 g", and those who observed 0.0001 g but not dissolved 0.0002 g were regarded as "0.0001 g". Furthermore, in the case where the liquid film cracking agent is a surfactant, the so-called "dissolution" means both monodisperse dissolution and micellar dissolution dissolution. It can be seen that the amount of dissolution at the time of suspension or precipitation, precipitation, and turbidity becomes water solubility. . The liquid film cracking agent of this embodiment has the above-mentioned spreading coefficient and water solubility, so that it will not dissolve and spread on the surface of the liquid film, but can push away the layer of the liquid film near the center of the liquid film. This makes the liquid film unstable and causes it to crack. Here, the effect of the liquid film cleaving agent of this embodiment on a nonwoven fabric will be specifically described with reference to FIGS. 7 and 8. As shown in FIG. 7, in a narrow area between fibers, a highly viscous liquid such as menstrual blood or an excretion liquid such as urine is easily spread on the liquid film 2. In view of this, the liquid film cleaving agent stabilizes the liquid film and breaks it in the following manner, thereby suppressing the formation of the liquid film and promoting drainage from the nonwoven fabric. First, as shown in FIGS. 8 (A1) and (B1), the liquid film cleaving agent 3 included in the non-woven fiber 1 moves on the surface of the liquid film 2 while maintaining the interface with the liquid film 2. Then, the liquid film cracking agent 3 is as shown in Figs. 8 (A2) and (B2). A part of the liquid film 2 is pushed open and penetrates in the thickness direction, and as shown in Figs. 8 (A3) and (B3). The liquid film 2 is gradually made uneven and changes to a thinner film. As a result, as shown in FIGS. 8 (A4) and (B4), the liquid film 2 was cracked, and cracks appeared. Liquids such as cracked menstrual blood become droplets, and it becomes easier to pass through the non-woven fibers to reduce liquid residue. The effect of the above-mentioned liquid film cleaving agent on the liquid film is not limited to the case of the liquid film between the fibers, and it also functions similarly to the liquid film wound on the fiber surface. That is, the liquid film cracking agent can move on the liquid film wound on the surface of the fiber, thereby pushing away a part of the liquid film to crack the liquid film. In addition, for the liquid film wound on the surface of the fiber, even if the liquid film cracking agent does not move at the position attached to the fiber, the liquid film may be cracked due to its hydrophobic effect, thereby suppressing the formation of the liquid film. As described above, the liquid film cracking agent of the present invention does not reduce the surface tension of the liquid film, that is, to perform liquid modification, but pushes apart the liquid film generated between the fibers or the fiber surface to crack and suppress the liquid film. A liquid film is formed, thereby promoting drainage of liquid from the nonwoven fabric. Thereby, the liquid residue of the non-woven fabric can be reduced. In addition, when such a non-woven fabric is incorporated into an absorbent article as a front sheet, liquid retention between fibers is suppressed, and a liquid passage to the absorbent body is ensured. Thereby, the liquid permeability is improved, the liquid flow on the surface of the sheet is suppressed, and the liquid absorption speed is increased. In particular, it can increase the absorption rate of liquids that tend to remain between the fibers such as menstrual blood with higher viscosity. In addition, stains such as red in the front sheet are less likely to be noticeable, and the absorbent article can be securely felt with a secure and reliable absorbent article. In this embodiment, the liquid film cleaving agent further preferably has an interfacial tension of 20 mN / m or less for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m. That is, the value of the spread coefficient (S) in the above formula (1) is defined as a variable "Interfacial tension between the liquid film cleaving agent and the liquid film (γ wo ) "Is preferably 20 mN / m or less. By applying "the interfacial tension between the liquid film cracking agent and the liquid film (γ wo ") Is suppressed to a low level, and the spreading coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent is increased, so that the liquid film cleaving agent becomes easy to move from the fiber surface to the vicinity of the center of the liquid film, so that the above-mentioned effect becomes more obvious. From this viewpoint, the "interfacial tension of a liquid film cracking agent with a surface tension of 50 mN / m" is more preferably 17 mN / m or less, further preferably 13 mN / m or less, and even more preferably 10 mN / m or less, particularly preferably 9 mN / m or less, and particularly preferably 1 mN / m or less. On the other hand, the lower limit is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of insolubility to the liquid film, it may be greater than 0 mN / m. Furthermore, when the interfacial tension is 0 mN / m, that is, when dissolving, the interface between the liquid film and the liquid film cleaving agent cannot be formed, so the formula (1) does not hold, and the expansion of the agent does not occur. As for the spreading coefficient, it can be known from the numerical formula that the numerical value changes depending on the surface tension of the liquid to be targeted. For example, when the surface tension of the target liquid is 72 mN / m, the surface tension of the liquid film cracking agent is 21 mN / m, and the interfacial tension thereof is 0.2 mN / m, the spreading coefficient becomes 50.8 mN / m. When the surface tension of the target liquid is 30 mN / m, the surface tension of the liquid film cleaving agent is 21 mN / m, and the interfacial tension thereof is 0.2 mN / m, the spreading coefficient becomes 8.8 mN / m. In either case, the more the agent with the larger spreading coefficient, the better the liquid film cracking effect becomes. In this specification, the value at the surface tension of 50 mN / m is defined. However, even if the surface tension is different, the relationship between the values of the spread coefficients of the substances will not change. Therefore, even if the surface tension of the body fluid is assumed to vary by day Changes in physical conditions, etc., the more the agent with the larger spread coefficient, the more excellent the liquid film cracking effect. In this embodiment, the surface tension of the liquid film cracking agent is preferably 32 mN / m or less, more preferably 30 mN / m or less, even more preferably 25 mN / m or less, and even more preferably 22 mN / m. the following. The lower the surface tension, the better. The lower limit is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of the durability of the liquid film cleaving agent, it is actually 1 mN / m or more. By setting the surface tension of the liquid film cleaving agent to be within the range described above, the liquid film cracking effect can be effectively exerted even when the surface tension of the target liquid spreading on the liquid film is reduced. Next, a liquid film cleaving agent according to the second embodiment will be described. The liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment has a spreading coefficient of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m greater than 0 mN / m, that is, a positive value, and an interfacial tension of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is 20 mN / m or less. In addition, a compound having the properties of a liquid film cleaving agent according to the second embodiment may be referred to as a compound C2. Then, the liquid film cleaving agent preferably has a water solubility of 0 g or more and 0.025 g or less. The non-woven fabric of the second embodiment contains the above-mentioned liquid film cleaving agent. Setting the "Interfacial tension to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m" to be 20 mN / m or less means that the diffusivity of the liquid film cleaving agent on the liquid film is improved as described above. Therefore, even when the "spreading coefficient for a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN / m" is less than 15 mN / m, the spreading coefficient is relatively small, because of the high diffusivity, so The liquid film cleaving agent with a large surface is dispersed in the liquid film, and the liquid film is pushed open at a plurality of positions, thereby exerting the same effect as in the case of the first embodiment. Furthermore, the so-called "spreading coefficient for liquids with a surface tension of 50 mN / m", "water solubility", and "interfacial tension for liquids with a surface tension of 50 mN / m" are related to liquid film cracking agents. The definitions in the first embodiment are the same, and their measurement methods are also the same. In this embodiment, from the viewpoint of more effectively exerting the above-mentioned effects of the liquid film cracking agent, the "Interfacial tension to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m" is preferably 17 mN / m or less, more preferably It is 13 mN / m or less, more preferably 10 mN / m or less, still more preferably 9 mN / m or less, and particularly preferably 1 mN / m or less. The lower limit value is not particularly limited in the same manner as in the first embodiment, and is actually larger than 0 mN / m in terms of not dissolving in a liquid film (a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m). In addition, regarding the "spreading coefficient for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m", from the viewpoint of more effectively exerting the aforementioned effects of the liquid film cracking agent, it is preferably 9 mN / m or more, and more preferably 10 mN / m or more, and more preferably 15 mN / m or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint that the surface tension of the liquid film-forming liquid becomes the upper limit according to formula (1), it is actually 50 mN / m or less. In addition, the more preferable ranges of the surface tension and water solubility of the liquid film cleaving agent are the same as those of the first embodiment. The nonwoven fabric containing a liquid film cleaving agent in the first embodiment and the nonwoven fabric containing a liquid film cleaving agent in the second embodiment preferably further contain a phosphate-type anionic surfactant. Thereby, the hydrophilicity of the fiber surface is improved, and the wettability is increased, so that the area where the liquid film and the liquid film cleaving agent come into contact becomes larger; and because blood or urine has a surface-active substance having a phosphate group derived from a living body Therefore, by using a surfactant having a phosphate group in combination, and because of the compatibility of the active agent, and the affinity with the phospholipids contained in blood or urine is also good, the liquid film cracking agent becomes easy to move to the liquid film, And further promote the cracking of the liquid film. The content ratio of the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant is preferably 1: 1 to 19: 1, and more preferably 2: in terms of mass ratio (liquid film cleaving agent: phosphate ester type anionic surfactant). 1 to 15: 1, and more preferably 3: 1 to 10: 1. In particular, the content ratio is preferably 5: 1 to 19: 1 in terms of mass ratio, more preferably 8: 1 to 16: 1, and even more preferably 11: 1 to 13: 1. As a phosphate-type anionic surfactant, it can be used without particular limitation. For example, specific examples thereof include alkyl ether phosphate, dialkyl phosphate, and alkyl phosphate. Among these, from the viewpoint of improving the affinity with the liquid film and imparting the processability of the nonwoven fabric, an alkyl phosphate is preferred. As the alkyl ether phosphate, various ones can be used without particular limitation. Examples include polyoxyalkylene stearyl ether phosphate, polyoxyalkylene myristyl ether phosphate, polyoxyalkylene lauryl ether phosphate, polyoxyalkylene palmityl ether phosphate, and the like. Those with saturated carbon chains; or those with unsaturated carbon chains such as polyoxyalkylene oleyl ether phosphates, polyoxyalkylene palmityl ether ether phosphates, and those with branched carbon chains. More preferred are fully or partially neutralized salts of mono- or dimeric oxyalkylene alkyl ether phosphates having a carbon chain of 16 to 18. Examples of the polyoxyalkylene group include polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropyl, polyoxybutyl, and copolymers of the constituent monomers. Examples of the salt of the alkyl ether phosphate include alkali metals such as sodium and potassium, ammonia, and various amines. The alkyl ether phosphate may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. Specific examples of the alkyl phosphate include those having a saturated carbon chain, such as stearyl phosphate, myristyl phosphate, lauryl phosphate, and palmitate phosphate; or oleyl phosphate, palmitate phosphate, and the like Saturated carbon chains and those with branched carbon chains. More preferred is a completely neutralized or partially neutralized salt of a monoalkyl phosphate or dialkyl phosphate having a carbon chain of 16 to 18. Examples of the salt of the alkyl phosphate include alkali metals such as sodium and potassium, ammonia, and various amines. The alkyl phosphate may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. Next, specific examples of the liquid film cleaving agent in the first embodiment and the second embodiment will be described. Since they are in the above-mentioned specific numerical range, they do not dissolve in water or have the property of being poorly soluble in water, thereby exerting the effect of cracking the liquid film. In contrast, the surfactants and the like previously used as fiber treatment agents are practically water-soluble ones that are practically dissolved in water and are not the liquid film cleaving agent of the present invention. As the liquid film cracking agent in the first embodiment and the second embodiment, a compound having a mass average molecular weight of 500 or more is preferable. This mass average molecular weight will have a large effect on the viscosity of the liquid film cracking agent. The liquid film cracking agent maintains a high viscosity, so the liquid is not easy to flow down when passing through the fibers, so that the liquid film cracking effect in the non-woven fabric can be maintained. From the viewpoint of setting the viscosity of the liquid film cracking effect sufficiently, the mass average molecular weight of the liquid film cracking agent is more preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 1,500 or more, and even more preferably 2,000 or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of maintaining the viscosity of the liquid film cleaving agent since the fibers provided with the liquid film cleaving agent move to the liquid film, that is, the diffusivity, it is preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 20,000 or less, and more preferably It is preferably below 10,000. The measurement of the mass-average molecular weight was performed using a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) "CCPD" (trade name, manufactured by Tosoh Corporation). The measurement conditions are as follows. The calculation of the converted molecular weight was performed using polystyrene. Separation column: GMHHR-H ＋ GMHHR-H (cation) Eluent: L Farmin DM20 / CHCl 3 Solvent flow rate: 1.0 ml / min. Separation column temperature: 40 ° C. As the liquid film cracking agent in the first embodiment, it is preferable to have a structure selected from the group consisting of the following structures X, XY, and YXY as follows. A compound of at least one structure in the group. Structure X indicates that> C (A)-(C indicates a carbon atom. Also, <,>, and-indicate a bond. The same applies hereinafter), -C (A) 2 -, -C (A) (B)-,> C (A) -C (R 1 ) ＜ 、 ＞ C (R 1 )-, -C (R 1 ) (R 2 )-, -C (R 1 ) 2 -,> C <and -Si (R 1 ) 2 O-, -Si (R 1 ) (R 2 ) A siloxane chain having a basic structure in which any one of O- is repeated, or a combination of two or more types, or a mixed chain thereof. Has a hydrogen atom at the end of structure X, or is selected from -C (A) 3 , -C (A) 2 B, -C (A) (B) 2 , -C (A) 2 -C (R 1 ) 3 , -C (R 1 ) 2 A, -C (R 1 ) 3 , And -OSi (R 1 ) 3 , -OSi (R 1 ) 2 (R 2 ), -Si (R 1 ) 3 , -Si (R 1 ) 2 (R 2 ) At least one base in the group. R above 1 Or R 2 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20. For example, methyl, ethyl, and propyl are preferred), and an alkoxy group (preferably has a carbon number of 1 to 20. For example, it is preferably Various substituents such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group), an aryl group (preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20. For example, a phenyl group is preferred), a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom is preferred). A and B each independently represent a substituent including an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom such as a hydroxy group or a carboxylic acid group, an amine group, a sulfonylamino group, an imino group, or a phenol group. Within structure X 1 , R 2 When there are a plurality of, A, and B, they may be the same as or different from each other. In addition, the bond between C (carbon atom) or Si to be connected is usually a single bond, but may also include a double or triple bond, and the bond between C or Si may also include an ether group (-O-), amidino group (-CONR A -: R A Is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group), an ester group (-COO-), a carbonyl group (-CO-), a carbonate group (-OCOO-), and other linking groups. The number of bonds between one C and Si and another C or Si is one to four, so there may also be long-chain polysiloxane chains (siloxane chains) or mixed chain branches, or radial structures. situation. Y represents a hydrophilic group having a hydrophilic property including an atom selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom. For example, it is a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an amine group, an amido group, an imine group, a phenol group, and a polyoxyalkylene group (the carbon number of the oxyalkylene group is preferably 1 to 4. The polyoxyethylene group is preferred, for example. (POE) group, polyoxypropylene (POP) group), sulfonic acid group, sulfate group, phosphate group, sulfobetaine group, carbonyl betaine group, phosphono betaine group (these betaine groups refer to A betaine residue obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a betaine compound), a hydrophilic group such as a quaternary ammonium group alone, or a hydrophilic group including a combination thereof. In addition to these, it can also be listed in the following M 1 The groups and functional groups listed in. When Y is plural, they may be the same as or different from each other. In the structures XY and YXY, Y is a base bonded to X or the end of X. In the case where Y is bonded to a radical at the end of X, the radical at the end of X is removed, for example, by the same number of hydrogen atoms as the number of bonds to Y, and is bonded to Y. In this structure, the hydrophilic groups Y, A, and B are selected from the bases that have been specifically described so as to satisfy the above-mentioned spreading coefficient, water solubility, and interfacial tension. This shows the target liquid film cracking effect. The above-mentioned liquid film cleaving agent is preferably a compound whose structure X is a siloxane structure. Further, the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably a compound containing a siloxane chain in which the structures represented by the following formulae (1) to (11) as specific examples of the above-mentioned structures X, XY, and YXY are arbitrarily combined. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the cracking effect of the liquid film, it is preferable that the compound has a mass average molecular weight in the above range. [Chemical 1]
Figure TW201801700AD00001
In formulas (1) to (11), M 1 , L 1 , R twenty one , And R twenty two Represents the following bases of one or more valences (two or more valences). R twenty three , And R twenty four Represents a base of one or more valences (two or more valences) below, or a single bond. M 1 Represents a group having polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropyl, polyoxybutyl, or a combination of polyoxyalkylene; or erythritol, xylitol, and sorbose A hydrophilic group having a plurality of hydroxyl groups such as an alcohol group, a glyceryl group, or a glycol group (a hydrophilic group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the compound having a plurality of hydroxyl groups such as erythritol), a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, Mercapto group, alkoxy group (preferably carbon number 1-20; for example, methoxy group is preferred), amine group, amido group, imine group, phenol group, sulfonic group, quaternary ammonium group, sulfo sugar beet Base, hydroxysulfobetaine, phosphinobetaine, imidazolium betaine, carbonyl betaine, epoxy group, methanol group, (meth) acrylic group, or a combination of these functions base. Furthermore, in M 1 In the case of a multivalent base, M 1 Represents a group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from each of the above-mentioned groups or functional groups. L 1 Represents ether group, amine group (can be used as L 1 The amine group used is from NR C (R C (A hydrogen atom or a monovalent group), a bonding group represented by), amidino group, ester group, carbonyl group, and carbonate group. R twenty one , R twenty two , R twenty three , And R twenty four Each independently represents an alkyl group (preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20; for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, 2-ethylhexyl, Nonyl, decyl), alkoxy (preferably carbon number 1-20; for example, preferably methoxy, ethoxy), aryl (preferably carbon number 6-20; for example, benzene is preferred) Group), a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a hydrocarbon group obtained by combining these, or a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom is preferred). Furthermore, in R twenty two And R twenty three When it is a polyvalent group, it means a polyvalent hydrocarbon group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms or fluorine atoms from the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group. Again, in R twenty two Or R twenty three With M 1 In the case of bonding, it can be used as R twenty two Or R twenty three In addition to the above-mentioned groups, the above-mentioned hydrocarbon groups, or halogen atoms, the groups that can be used may be listed as R 32 Used imine. As for the liquid film cleaving agent, among them, a compound having a structure represented by any one of the formulae (1), (2), (5), and (10) as X and having the following formula is preferable. The structure represented by any one of the above formulas is other than the terminal of X, or includes the terminal of X and the base of Y. It is further preferred that the compound includes a group having X, or a terminal containing X and a group consisting of Y, which is represented by the formula (2), (4), (5), (6), (8), and (9). At least one siloxane chain having a structure represented by any one. As a specific example of the said compound, the organic modified polysiloxane (polysiloxane) of a polysiloxane type surfactant is mentioned. For example, as the reactive organic-group-modified organic-modified polysiloxane, amine-group modified, epoxy-modified, carboxy-modified, glycol-modified, methanol-modified, (Meth) acrylic modified, mercapto modified, phenol modified. Examples of the non-reactive organic-group-modified organic modified polysiloxane include polyether-modified ones (including polyoxyalkylene-modified ones), methylstyrene-modified ones, and long Alkyl group modified, higher fatty acid ester modified, higher alkoxy modified, higher fatty acid modified, fluorine modified, etc. Depending on the type of the organic modification, for example, by appropriately changing the molecular weight of the polysiloxane chain, the modification rate, and the addition mole number of the modified group, the distribution coefficient that exerts the cracking effect of the liquid film described above can be obtained . Here, the "long chain" means a carbon having 12 or more carbon atoms, and preferably 12 to 20 carbon atoms. The term "high-grade" refers to those having a carbon number of 6 or more, and preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Among them, polyoxyalkylene-modified polysiloxanes or epoxy-modified polysiloxanes, methanol-modified polysiloxanes, glycol-modified polysiloxanes, and the like are preferred as the liquid film cracking agents of modified polysiloxanes. The modified polysiloxane having a structure having at least one oxygen atom in the modified group is particularly preferably a polyoxyalkylene-modified polysiloxane. Polyoxyalkylene-modified polysiloxane has a polysiloxane chain, so it is difficult for it to penetrate into the fiber and easily remain on the surface. In addition, since a polyoxyalkylene chain having a hydrophilic property is added, the affinity with water is improved, and the interfacial tension is low. Therefore, it is easy to move on the surface of the liquid film, which is preferable. Therefore, it is easy to move on the surface of the liquid film, which is preferable. In addition, even if thermal melting processing such as embossing is performed, the polyoxyalkylene-modified polysiloxane is easily left on the surface of the fiber, and the cracking effect of the liquid film is not easily reduced. Especially in the embossed part where the liquid is easy to accumulate, the cracking effect of the liquid film is fully exhibited, so it is preferable. Examples of the polyoxyalkylene-modified polysiloxane include those represented by the following formulas [I] to [IV]. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the cracking effect of the liquid film, it is preferable that the polyoxyalkylene-modified polysiloxane has a mass average molecular weight in the above range. [Chemical 2]
Figure TW201801700AD00002
[Chemical 3]
Figure TW201801700AD00003
[Chemical 4]
Figure TW201801700AD00004
[Chemical 5]
Figure TW201801700AD00005
Where R 31 Represents an alkyl group (preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20; for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, 2-ethylhexyl, nonyl, Decyl). R 32 Represents a single bond or an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; for example, methylene, ethylene, propyl, and butyl) are preferred, and the above-mentioned alkylene is preferred. Plural R 31 Plural R 32 Each may be the same as or different from each other. M 11 The group having a polyoxyalkylene group is preferably a polyoxyalkylene group. Examples of the polyoxyalkylene group include polyoxyethyl groups, polyoxypropyl groups, polyoxybutyl groups, or those obtained by copolymerizing the constituent monomers. m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. In addition, the symbols of the repeating units are determined separately in each of the formulae (I) to (IV), and do not necessarily represent the same integer, and may be different. The polyoxyalkylene-modified polysiloxane may have any one or both of a polyoxyethylene-modified group and a polyoxypropylene-modified group. In addition, in order to be insoluble in water and have a low interfacial tension, an alkyl group R in a polysiloxane chain is preferred. 31 Has a methyl group. There is no particular limitation on those having the modified group and the polysiloxane chain. For example, there are those described in paragraphs [0006] and [0012] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-161474. More specifically, polyoxyethylene (POE) polyoxypropylene (POP) modified polysiloxane, or polyoxyethylene (POE) modified polysiloxane, polyoxypropylene (POP) modified polysiloxane. Examples of the POE-modified polysiloxane include POE (3) -modified dimethylpolysiloxane with 3 moles of POE added. Examples of the POP-modified polysiloxane include POP (10) -modified dimethylpolysiloxane and POP (12) -modified dimethicone added with 10 mol, 12 mol, or 24 mol POP. Polysiloxane, POP (24) modified dimethylpolysiloxane, etc. Regarding the spreading coefficient and water solubility of the first embodiment described above, in the case of polyoxyalkylene modified polysiloxane, for example, based on the addition mole number of polyoxyalkylene (for polyoxyalkylene) The number of modified polysiloxanes (1 mol, polyoxyalkylene group, oxyalkylene group, number of bonds), the following modification ratio, and the like are set to specific ranges. In this liquid film cleaving agent, similar to surface tension and interfacial tension, they can be set to specific ranges, respectively. From the viewpoints described above, it is preferred that the addition mol number of the polyoxyalkylene group is 1 or more. If it is less than 1, for the liquid film cracking effect described above, since the interfacial tension becomes high and the spreading coefficient becomes small, the liquid film cracking effect becomes weak. From this viewpoint, the addition mole number is more preferably 3 or more, and still more preferably 5 or more. On the other hand, if the number of added moles is too high, it becomes hydrophilic and the water solubility becomes high. From this viewpoint, the addition mole number is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 10 or less. Regarding the modification rate of the modified polysiloxane, if it is too low, hydrophilicity is impaired. Therefore, it is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 10% or more, and still more preferably 20% or more. If it is too high, it will dissolve in water, so it is preferably 95% or less, more preferably 70% or less, and even more preferably 40% or less. In addition, the so-called modification rate of the modified polysiloxane is the number of repeating units of the modified siloxane bond in the modified polysiloxane, relative to the number of repeat units in the siloxane bond. The ratio of the total number of repeating units. For example, (n / m + n) × 100% in the above formulas [I] and [IV], (2 / m) × 100% in the formula [II], and (1 / m) in the formula [III]. × 100%. In addition, regarding the above-mentioned spreading coefficient and water solubility, in the case of polyoxyalkylene-modified polysiloxane, in addition to the above, they can be set to specific ranges by the following methods, respectively: and water-soluble Polyoxyethylene and water-insoluble polyoxypropyl and polyoxybutylene are used as modification groups; the molecular weight of the water-insoluble polysiloxane chain is changed; and in addition to polyoxyalkylene modified groups, As the modifying group, an amine group, an epoxy group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a methanol group, and the like are introduced. The polyalkylene-modified polysiloxane that can be used as a liquid film cracking agent preferably contains 0.02% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less in terms of the content ratio (Oil Per Unit) with respect to the fiber mass. The content ratio (OPU) of the polyalkylene-modified polysiloxane is more preferably 1% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.4% by mass or less. With this, the non-woven fabric becomes a person with a better touch. From the viewpoint of sufficiently exerting the cracking effect of the liquid film using the polyalkylene-modified polysiloxane, the content ratio (OPU) is more preferably 0.04% by mass or more, and still more preferably 0.1% by mass or more. The fiber mass herein means the fiber mass of the entire nonwoven fabric including the containing portion 6 and the non-containing portion 7 (the same applies to the content ratio (OPU) described below). The liquid film cleaving agent in the second embodiment is preferably a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following structures Z, ZY, and YZY as described below. Structure Z means that> C (A)-(C: carbon atom), -C (A) 2 -, -C (A) (B)-,> C (A) -C (R 3 ) ＜ 、 ＞ C (R 3 )-, -C (R 3 ) (R 4 )-, -C (R 3 ) 2 -A hydrocarbon chain in which any one of the basic structures of C, C is repeated, or two or more of them are combined. Has a hydrogen atom at the end of structure Z, or is selected from -C (A) 3 , -C (A) 2 B, -C (A) (B) 2 , -C (A) 2 -C (R 3 ) 3 , -C (R 3 ) 2 A, -C (R 3 ) 3 At least one base in the group. R above 3 Or R 4 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20. For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, 2-ethyl Hexyl, nonyl, decyl), alkoxy (preferably 1 to 20 carbons. For example, methoxy and ethoxy are preferred), aryl (preferably 6 to 20 carbons. For example, more Various substituents such as a phenyl group), a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a hydrocarbon group formed by combining these, or a fluorine atom are preferred. A and B each independently represent a substituent including an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom such as a hydroxy group or a carboxylic acid group, an amine group, a sulfonylamino group, an imino group, or a phenol group. In structure Z 3 , R 4 When there are a plurality of, A, and B, they may be the same as or different from each other. In addition, the bond between the C (carbon atom) to be connected is usually a single bond, but may also include a double bond or a triple bond. The bond between C may also include an ether group, amidino group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, and a carbonate group. And so on. The number of bonds between one C and another C is one to four, so there may be a case where a long-chain hydrocarbon chain is branched or has a radial structure. Y represents a hydrophilic group having a hydrophilic property including an atom selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom. For example, it contains a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an amine group, an amido group, an imine group, and a phenol group; or a polyoxyalkylene group (the carbon number of the oxyalkylene group is preferably 1 to 4. For example, polyoxyalkylene is preferred Ethyl, polyoxypropyl, polyoxybutyl, or a combination of polyoxyalkylene); or erythritol, xylitol, sorbitol, glyceryl Hydrophilic groups having a plurality of hydroxyl groups, such as ethylene glycol groups, or sulfonic acid groups, sulfate groups, phosphate groups, sulfobetaines, carbonyl betaines, phosphinobetaines, quaternary ammonium groups, and imidazolium beets A hydrophilic group such as a base, an epoxy group, a methanol group, a methacrylic group alone; or a combination of such hydrophilic groups. When Y is plural, they may be the same as or different from each other. In the structures ZY and YZY, Y is a group bonded to Z or the terminal end of Z. In the case where Y is bonded to a base at the end of Z, the base at the end of Z is removed, for example, by the same number of hydrogen atoms as the number of bonds to Y, and is bonded to Y. In this structure, the hydrophilic groups Y, A, and B are selected from the bases that have been specifically described so as to satisfy the above-mentioned spreading coefficient, water solubility, and interfacial tension. This shows the target liquid film cracking effect. The liquid film cleaving agent described above is preferably a compound obtained by arbitrarily combining the structures represented by the following formulae (12) to (25) as specific examples of the structures Z, ZY, and YZY. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the cracking effect of the liquid film, it is preferable that the compound has a mass average molecular weight in the above range. [Chemical 6]
Figure TW201801700AD00006
In formulas (12) to (25), M 2 , L 2 , R 41 , R 42 , And R 43 Represents the following monovalent or polyvalent bases (divalent or higher). M 2 Represents a group having polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropyl, polyoxybutyl, or a combination of polyoxyalkylene; or erythritol, xylitol, and sorbose Hydrophilic groups having a plurality of hydroxyl groups, such as alcohol groups, glyceryl groups, or ethylene glycol groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxylic acid groups, mercapto groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, methoxy groups are preferred), amines Group, amido, imino, phenol, sulfonic, quaternary ammonium, sulfobetaine, hydroxysulfobetaine, phosphinobetaine, imidazolium betaine, carbonylbetaine Group, epoxy group, methanol group, (meth) acrylic group, or a functional group obtained by combining them. L 2 Ether group, amine group, amido group, ester group, carbonyl group, carbonate group, or polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropyl, polyoxybutyl, or a combination of polyoxyethylene Alkyl and other bonding groups. R 41 , R 42 , And R 43 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, 2- Ethylhexyl, nonyl, decyl), alkoxy (preferably having 1 to 20 carbons. For example, methoxy and ethoxy are preferred), aryl (preferably 6 to 20 carbons. For example It is preferably a phenyl group), a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a hydrocarbon group formed by combining them, or various substituents of a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom is preferred). In R 42 In the case of a multivalent base, R 42 Represents a group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from each of the above substituents. In addition, other structures may be arbitrarily connected before the bonding described in each structure, and a hydrogen atom may be introduced. Further, as specific examples of the above-mentioned compounds, the following compounds may be mentioned, but they are not limited thereto. First, polyether compounds or non-ionic surfactants are mentioned. Specifically, polyoxyalkylene (POA) alkyl ether represented by any one of formula (V), or polyoxyalkylene diester having a mass average molecular weight of 1,000 or more represented by formula (VI) can be listed. Alcohol, stearyl alcohol polyether, behenyl alcohol polyether, PPG myristyl ether, PPG stearyl ether, PPG behenyl ether and the like. As the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether, lauryl ether having a POP of 3 mol or more and 24 mol or less, more preferably 5 mol is preferred. As the polyether compound, polypropylene glycol (PPG) having a molar average molecular weight of 1,000 to 10,000, and preferably 3,000 to 17 mol or more and 180 mol or less, preferably about 50 mol is preferable. Wait. The measurement of the mass average molecular weight can be performed by the above-mentioned measurement method. The polyether compound or nonionic surfactant is preferably contained in an amount of 0.10% by mass to 5.0% by mass in terms of a content ratio (Oil Per Unit) with respect to the mass of the fiber. The content ratio (OPU) of the polyether compound or nonionic surfactant is more preferably 1% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.4% by mass or less. With this, the non-woven fabric becomes a person with a better touch. From the viewpoint of sufficiently exerting the cracking effect of the liquid film using the polyether compound or the nonionic surfactant, the content ratio (OPU) is more preferably 0.15 mass% or more, and further preferably 0.2 mass% or more. [Chemical 7]
Figure TW201801700AD00007
[Chemical 8]
Figure TW201801700AD00008
Where L twenty one Ether group, amine group, amido group, ester group, carbonyl group, carbonate group, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropyl, polyoxybutyl, or a combination of them Base is bonded to the base. R 51 Contains hydrogen atom, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, 2-ethylhexyl, nonyl, decyl, methoxy, ethoxy, benzene Group, a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a hydrocarbon group formed by combining them, or various substituents of a fluorine atom. In addition, a, b, m, and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n Represents an alkyl group (n = 2m + 1), C a H b Represents an alkylene group (a = 2b). The number of carbon atoms and the number of hydrogen atoms are independently determined in each of the formulae (V) and (VI), and they do not necessarily represent the same integer or may be different. Hereinafter, m, m ', m'', n, n', and n '' of Formula (VII)-(XV) are the same. Furthermore,-(C a H b O) m -"M" is an integer of 1 or more. The value of the repeating unit is determined independently in each of the formulas (V) and (VI), and does not necessarily represent the same integer or may be different. The distribution coefficient, surface tension, and water solubility of the second embodiment described above can be set to specific ranges in the case of a polyether compound or a nonionic surfactant, for example, according to the mole number of polyoxyalkylene. . From this viewpoint, the molar number of the polyoxyalkylene group is preferably 1 or more and 70 or less. By setting it to 1 or more, the above-mentioned liquid film cracking effect is fully exerted. From this viewpoint, the Mohr number is more preferably 5 or more, and even more preferably 7 or more. On the other hand, the addition mole number is preferably 70 or less, more preferably 60 or less, and even more preferably 50 or less. Thereby, the connection of the molecular chain is moderately weakened, and the diffusibility in the liquid film is excellent, so it is preferable. In addition, the above-mentioned spreading coefficient, surface tension, interfacial tension, and water solubility can be set to specific ranges in the case of polyether compounds or nonionic surfactants by using water-soluble polyoxygen in combination. Ethyl and water-insoluble polyoxypropylene and polyoxybutylene; change the chain length of the hydrocarbon chain; use a hydrocarbon chain with a branched chain; use a hydrocarbon chain with a double bond; use a hydrocarbon chain with a benzene ring or Naphthalene ring; or an appropriate combination of the above. Second, a hydrocarbon compound having 5 or more carbon atoms can be mentioned. From the viewpoint that the liquid is easier to expand on the surface of the liquid film, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 100 or less, and more preferably 50 or less. This hydrocarbon compound excludes polyorganosiloxane, and is not limited to a straight chain, and may be a branched chain, and the chain is not particularly limited to a saturated chain and an unsaturated chain. Moreover, it may have substituents, such as an ester and an ether, in the middle and a terminal. Among them, those which are liquid at normal temperature can be used alone. The hydrocarbon compound is preferably contained in an amount of 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass in terms of a content ratio (Oil Per Unit) with respect to the fiber mass. The content ratio (OPU) of the hydrocarbon compound is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.99% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.4% by mass or less. With this, the non-woven fabric becomes a person with a better touch. From the viewpoint of sufficiently exerting the liquid film cracking effect based on the content ratio of the hydrocarbon compound, the content ratio (OPU) is more preferably 0.15% by mass or more, and still more preferably 0.2% by mass or more. Examples of the hydrocarbon compound include oils and fats, such as natural oils and natural fats. Specific examples include coconut oil, camellia oil, castor oil, coconut oil, corn oil, olive oil, sunflower oil, tall oil, and mixtures thereof. In addition, octanoic acid, capric acid, oleic acid, lauric acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, myristic acid, behenic acid, and mixtures thereof, and the like are represented by the fatty acid represented by formula (VII). [Chemical 9]
Figure TW201801700AD00009
In the formula, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n Represents a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids. Examples of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted polyhydric alcohol fatty acid esters or mixtures of polyhydric alcohol fatty acid esters include the following: formula (VIII-I) or (VIII-II) Specific examples of the glycerol fatty acid ester or pentaerythritol fatty acid ester represented by) include glycerol tricaprylate, glycerol tripalmitate, and mixtures thereof. Furthermore, the mixture of glycerin fatty acid esters or pentaerythritol fatty acid esters typically includes several mono-, di-, and tri-esters. Preferred examples of the glycerin fatty acid ester include glycerol tricaprylate, a mixture of glycerol tricaprylate, and the like. In addition, from the viewpoint of reducing the interfacial tension and obtaining a higher spreading coefficient, a polyhydric alcohol fatty acid ester may be used in which polyoxyalkylene is introduced to such an extent that water insolubility can be maintained. [Chemical 10]
Figure TW201801700AD00010
[Chemical 11]
Figure TW201801700AD00011
In the formula, m, m ', m'', n, n', and n '' are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other. Here, C m H n , C m 'H n 'And C m '' H n '' Represents a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids. As an example of a fatty acid or fatty acid mixture in which a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated fatty acid and a polyhydric alcohol having a plurality of hydroxyl groups form an ester, and a part of the hydroxyl groups remain without being esterified, as shown in formula (IX): A glycerin fatty acid ester, a sorbitan fatty acid ester, or a partial esterification of a pentaerythritol fatty acid ester represented by any one, any one of formula (X), or any one of formula (XI). Specific examples include ethylene glycol monomyristate, ethylene glycol dimyristate, ethylene glycol palmitate, ethylene glycol dipalmitate, glycerol dimyristate, and glycerol dipalmitate. Esters, glycerol monooleate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan dioleate, sorbitan tristearate, pentaerythritol monostearate, pentaerythritol Dilaurate, pentaerythritol tristearate, and mixtures thereof. In addition, a mixture containing a partially esterified product of a glycerin fatty acid ester, a sorbitan fatty acid ester, a pentaerythritol fatty acid ester, and the like typically contains several fully esterified compounds. [Chemical 12]
Figure TW201801700AD00012
In the formula, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other. Here, C m H n Represents a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids. [Chemical 13]
Figure TW201801700AD00013
Where R 52 A straight or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, etc.) having 2 or more and 22 or less carbon atoms. Specific examples include 2-ethylhexyl, lauryl, myristyl, palmyl, stearyl, behenyl, oleyl, and linoleyl. [Chemical 14]
Figure TW201801700AD00014
In the formula, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other. Here, C m H n Represents a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids. Further examples include sterols, phytosterols, and sterol derivatives. Specific examples include cholesterol, sitosterol, stigmasterol, ergosterol, and mixtures thereof having a sterol structure of formula (XII). [Chemical 15]
Figure TW201801700AD00015
Specific examples of the alcohol include lauryl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, cetylstearyl alcohol, behenyl alcohol, and a mixture thereof, as represented by formula (XIII). [Chemical 16]
Figure TW201801700AD00016
In the formula, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n Represents a hydrocarbon group of each of the above alcohols. Specific examples of the fatty acid ester include isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, cetyl ethylhexanoate, glyceryl triisocaprylate, and octyl myristate as represented by formula (XIV). Dodecyl ester, ethylhexyl palmitate, ethylhexyl stearate, butyl stearate, myristyl myristate, stearyl stearate, cholesterol based stearate, and the like And so on. [Chemical 17]
Figure TW201801700AD00017
In the formula, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, two C's m H n It can be the same or different. C m H n -COO- 之 C m H n Represents a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids. -COOC m H n C m H n Represents a hydrocarbon group derived from an ester-forming alcohol. Specific examples of the wax include terrestrial wax, paraffin wax, petrolatum, mineral oil, and fluid isomerized paraffin represented by the formula (XV). [Chemical 18]
Figure TW201801700AD00018
In the formula, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The spreading coefficient, surface tension, water solubility, and interfacial tension of the second embodiment described above can be set to specific ranges in the case of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon compound having 5 or more carbon atoms, for example, in a small amount, such as a small amount. Introduction of hydrophilic polyoxyethylene to the extent that it can maintain water insolubility; introduction of polyoxypropyl or polyoxybutyl, which can reduce the interfacial tension, although hydrophobic, and change the chain length of the hydrocarbon chain; Those using a hydrocarbon chain having a branched chain; those using a hydrocarbon chain having a double bond; those using a hydrocarbon chain having a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring. In the nonwoven fabric of the present invention, in addition to the above-mentioned liquid film cracking agent, other components may be contained as necessary. In addition, the liquid film cleaving agent of the first embodiment and the liquid film cleaving agent of the second embodiment may be used in combination of the two agents in addition to the respective modes. This point is also the same for the first compound and the second compound in the liquid film cleaving agent of the second embodiment. Furthermore, in the case of identifying the liquid film cleaving agent or phosphate-type anionic surfactant contained in the non-woven fabric of the present invention, the surface of the liquid film (a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m) may be used. The identification method described in the measurement method of tension (γw) and the like. When the component of the liquid film cleaving agent is a compound having a siloxane chain as a main chain or a hydrocarbon compound having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, the content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cleaving agent to the fiber mass may be It is determined by dividing the content of the liquid film cleaving agent by the mass of the fiber based on the mass of the substance obtained by the above-mentioned analysis method. The non-woven fabric of the present invention has a higher liquid permeability regardless of the thickness of the fibers or the distance between the fibers. However, the nonwoven fabric of the present invention is effective especially in the case of using thinner fibers. If a thinner fiber is used to make the skin feel softer than a non-woven fabric, the distance between fibers becomes smaller, and the narrow area between fibers becomes larger. For example, in the case of a generally used non-woven fabric (fineness of 2.4 dtex), the distance between the fibers is 120 μm, and the area ratio of the formed liquid film becomes about 2.6%. However, if the fineness is reduced to 1.2 dtex, the inter-fiber distance is 85 μm, and the area ratio of the liquid film is about three times that of the ordinary nonwoven fabric, that is, about 7.8%. In contrast, the liquid film cracking agent of the present invention will surely crack multiple liquid films and reduce liquid residue. As described below, the area ratio of the liquid film is the area ratio of the liquid film calculated by image analysis derived from the surface of the nonwoven fabric, and is closely related to the state of the liquid remaining on the outermost surface of the surface material. Therefore, if the area ratio of the liquid film is reduced, the liquid in the vicinity of the skin is removed, and the comfort after excretion is improved, thereby becoming an absorbent article with a good wearing feeling even after excretion. On the other hand, the remaining amount of liquid below means the amount of liquid held by the entire nonwoven fabric. If the area ratio of the liquid film is small, although the ratio is not reached, the liquid residue is reduced. The whiteness of the surface is represented by the following L value. The L value tends to increase due to a decrease in the amount of liquid remaining due to the rupture of the liquid film on the surface, and it becomes easy to noticeably become white. The non-woven fabric containing the liquid film cleaving agent of the present invention can reduce the liquid film area ratio and the liquid residual amount and increase the L value even if the fiber is thinned. Therefore, a high level of dryness can be achieved and the fiber can be provided by thinning the fiber. Soft skin feel. In addition, by using the non-woven fabric of the present invention as a constituent member such as a surface material of an absorbent article, it is possible to provide an absorbent article which has a high dryness in the part in contact with the skin and is visually whitish. The contamination caused by body fluids is not easily noticeable, and therefore, a comfortable feeling with good wearability is realized, which also suppresses the concern of leakage. With regard to such a non-woven fabric containing a liquid film cleaving agent, the inter-fiber distance of the non-woven fabric is preferably 150 μm or less, more preferably 90 μm or less, from the viewpoint of improving the softness of the skin. The lower limit is preferably 50 μm or more, and more preferably 70 μm or more, from the viewpoint of suppressing the liquid permeability from being impaired because the fibers become too narrow. Specifically, it is preferably 50 μm or more and 150 μm or less, and more preferably 70 μm or more and 90 μm or less. In this case, the fineness of the fiber is preferably 3.3 dtex or less, and more preferably 2.4 dtex or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.5 dtex or more, and more preferably 1 dtex or more. Specifically, it is preferably 0.5 dtex or more and 3.3 dtex or less, and more preferably 1 dtex or more and 2.4 dtex or less. (Measurement method of the inter-fiber distance) The inter-fiber distance is measured by measuring the thickness of the non-woven fabric to be measured in the following manner, and it is calculated by inserting the following formula (2). First, a non-woven fabric to be measured is cut into 50 mm in the longitudinal direction and 50 mm in the width direction to produce a cut piece of the non-woven fabric. When a non-woven fabric to be measured is incorporated into an absorbent article such as a physiological article or a disposable diaper, and the like, when a cut sheet of this size is not obtained, the cut sheet is cut to the maximum size obtained to produce a cut sheet. The thickness of the dicing sheet was measured under a pressure of 49 Pa. The measurement environment temperature was 20 ± 2 ° C and the relative humidity was 65 ± 5%. The measurement equipment was a microscope (manufactured by KEYENCE Corporation, VHX-1000). First, an enlarged photograph of the cross section of the nonwoven fabric is obtained. Known sizes are displayed in the enlarged photo. The enlarged photograph of the cross section of the nonwoven fabric was measured against a scale to measure the thickness of the nonwoven fabric. The above operation was performed three times, and the average value of the three times was set to the thickness [mm] of the nonwoven fabric in a dry state. In the case of a laminated product, the thickness is calculated by discriminating the boundary based on the fiber diameter. Next, the inter-fiber distance of the non-woven fabric constituting the measurement target is obtained by the following equation based on Wrotnowski's assumption. The formula based on Wrotnowski's assumption is usually used when determining the inter-fiber distance of the fibers constituting the non-woven fabric. According to the assumption based on Wrotnowski's assumption, the distance A (μm) between fibers is based on the thickness of the nonwoven h (mm) and the basis weight e (g / m 2 ), Fiber diameter d (μm), fiber density ρ (g / cm) 3 ), And it is calculated | required by the following formula (2). When there are irregularities, the non-woven fabric thickness h (mm) of the convex portion is used as a representative value for calculation. The fiber diameter d (μm) was measured using a scanning electron microscope (DSC6200 manufactured by Seiko Instruments Co., Ltd.), and the fiber cross sections of 10 cut fibers were measured, and the average value was defined as the fiber diameter. Fiber density ρ (g / cm 3 ) Is measured using a density gradient tube according to the density gradient tube method described in JIS L1015 chemical fiber staple fiber test method. Basis weight e (g / m 2 ) Is the non-woven fabric of the measurement object is cut into a specific (0.12 m × 0.06 m, etc.) size, after the mass measurement, use "mass ÷ area determined from a specific size = basis weight (g / m 2 ) "To calculate the basis weight. [Number 1]
Figure TW201801700AD00019
(Method for measuring the fineness of constituent fibers) The cross-sectional area of the fiber is measured by measuring the cross-sectional shape of the fiber with an electron microscope or the like (if the fiber is formed of a plurality of resins, the cross-sectional area of each resin component). DSC (differential scanning calorimetry) specifies the type of resin (in the case of multiple resins, the approximate composition ratio is also specified), calculates the specific gravity, and calculates the fineness. For example, if it is a short fiber consisting only of PET (polyethylene terephthalate), the cross-section is first observed and the cross-sectional area is calculated. Then, it measured by DSC, and it was identified from the melting point or the peak shape to consist of a single-component resin, and it was a PET core. Thereafter, the density and cross-sectional area of the PET resin were used to calculate the fiber mass, thereby calculating the fineness. As the fibers constituting the non-woven fabric of the present invention, there is no particular limitation on the general users of such articles. Examples include heat-fusible core-sheath composite fibers, heat-extensible fibers, non-heat-extensible fibers, heat-shrinkable fibers, non-heat-shrinkable fibers, three-dimensional crimped fibers, latent crimpable fibers, and hollow fibers. fiber. Especially, it is preferable to have a thermoplastic resin. The non-thermoextensible fibers and non-heat-shrinkable fibers are preferably heat-fusible. The core-sheath type composite fiber may be a concentric core-sheath type, an eccentric core-sheath type, a side-by-side type, or a special shape, preferably a concentric core-sheath type. In the production of the fiber and the non-woven fabric, the liquid film cleaving agent, or the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant can be contained in the fiber in any step. For example, it can be coated with a liquid film cleaving agent or a mixture of a liquid film cleaving agent and a phosphoric acid type anionic surfactant in the spinning oil agent for fibers usually used in the spinning of fibers; A liquid film cleaving agent, or a mixture of a liquid film cleaving agent and a phosphoric acid type anionic surfactant is applied to the fiber oil before and after stretching to apply the coating. In addition, a liquid film cleaving agent or a phosphate-type anionic surfactant can be blended in a fiber treatment agent usually used in the manufacture of nonwoven fabrics, and then applied to the fibers, or the nonwoven fabric can be coated. Since the nonwoven fabric of the present invention contains a liquid film cleaving agent or a phosphate ester-type anionic surfactant therein, the nonwoven fabric is excellent in various liquid structures and has excellent liquid residue suppression. Therefore, even if a large amount of liquid is poured on the non-woven fabric, the passage of the liquid between the fibers is always ensured and the liquid permeability is excellent. Thereby, various functions can be imparted to the nonwoven fabric without being limited by the problems of the distance between the fibers and the formation of the liquid film. For example, it may be one including one layer, or a plurality of layers including two or more layers. In addition, the shape of the non-woven fabric may be flat, and unevenness may be provided on one side or both sides, and the basis weight or density of the fiber may be variously changed. When a liquid film cleaving agent is applied to a non-woven fabric having uneven shapes including convex portions and concave portions, the liquid film cleaving agent may be contained in the pattern shown in FIGS. 1 to 3 or any other pattern. Generally speaking, if the liquid flow on the surface of a film sheet with no voids on the surface is compared with that of a non-woven sheet with voids on the surface, when the entire sheet is hydrophilic, the non-woven sheet is considered as the entire sheet. More hydrophilic properties are realized, and the liquid flow is shorter than that of the film sheet. On the other hand, when the entire sheet is hydrophobic, the non-woven sheet as a whole sheet exhibits more hydrophobic performance, and the liquid flow becomes longer than that of the film sheet. It is based on the theory of Cassie-Baxter (by Sukai, "Super Water Repellent and Super Hydrophilic-Its Structure and Application", Yoneda Publishing, Early 2009, p38). This tendency is more pronounced in the case of a non-woven fabric having a concave-convex shape than in the case of a flat non-woven fabric. Therefore, in the case of the uneven nonwoven fabric, the present invention exhibits a significant effect compared with a flat nonwoven fabric. In the case where the non-woven fabric having a concave-convex shape contains a liquid film cleaving agent, the liquid film cleaving agent may be contained on the top of the convex portion and the containing portion may be arranged, and the non-containing portion may be arranged without the liquid film cleaving agent on the bottom of the concave portion. In this case, there are a pattern in which the top portion of the convex portion has the containing portion, a pattern in which the bottom portion of the concave portion has the non-containing portion, the convex portion corresponds to the containing portion, and the pattern of the concave portion corresponds to the non-containing portion. Thereby, it is possible to achieve a high level of liquid residue reduction by the convex portion that is easy to contact with the skin, and even if it is a rugged nonwoven fabric, the surface liquid flow prevention property can be improved. In addition, in the case where the coating pattern is applied to a non-woven fabric having a concave-convex shape by a printing method such as a flexographic printing method, the convex portion contacts the printing roller, so from the viewpoint of the manufacturing method Also better. When the convex portion and the containing portion are the same, the pattern of the containing portion of the non-woven fabric shown in FIGS. 9 to 11 is the same as or similar to that of FIG. 3-1 (B). Similarly, the pattern of the containing portion of the non-woven fabric shown in FIGS. 12 to 14 is the same as or similar to that of FIG. 1 or FIG. 3-1 (A), and the pattern of the containing portion of the non-woven fabric shown in FIG. 16 is the same as that of FIG. 3-2. (D) the same or similar. Furthermore, since the nonwoven fabric of the present invention is excellent in liquid permeability due to the action of a liquid film cleaving agent, the range of options for the combination with the absorber is widened. When the nonwoven fabric of the present invention includes a plurality of layers, the liquid film cleaving agent may be contained in all the layers, or may be contained in a part of the layers. Preferably, it is contained in at least the layer directly receiving the liquid. For example, when the nonwoven fabric of the present invention is used as a front sheet of an absorbent article, it is preferred that a liquid film cleaving agent be contained in at least a layer on the skin contacting surface side. It is preferable that the non-woven fabric of the present invention is locally present near a fiber entanglement point or a fiber fusion point near a fiber fusion point. The "local presence" of the liquid film cracking agent here is not a state where the liquid film cracking agent is uniformly attached to the entire surface of the fibers constituting the nonwoven fabric, but refers to a state where the liquid film cracking agent is more than the surface of each fiber. It tends to adhere near the fiber entanglement point or the fiber fusion point. Specifically, it can be defined as: the concentration of the liquid film cleaving agent near the entanglement point or the fusion point is higher than the fiber surface (the fiber surface between the entanglement points or the fusion point). At this time, the liquid film cracking agent existing near the fiber entanglement point or the fiber fusion point may also be attached in such a manner that the space between the fibers is partially covered with the fiber entanglement point or the fiber fusion point as the center. The thicker the liquid film cracking agent near the intersection or fusion point, the better the concentration. The concentration varies depending on the type of liquid film cracking agent used, the type of fiber used, and the effective ingredient ratio when mixed with other agents, so it cannot be determined uniformly, but the above-mentioned liquid film is used. From the viewpoint of cracking effect, it can be appropriately determined. Because the liquid film cracking agent exists locally, it becomes easier to show the liquid film cracking effect. That is, the position where the liquid film is particularly prone to occur near the fiber entanglement point or the fiber fusion point. Therefore, by allowing more liquid film cleaving agents to exist at this position, it becomes easy to directly act on the liquid film. As mentioned above, the local existence of the liquid film cracking agent is preferably generated at a concentration of 30% or more near the fiber intersecting point or fiber fusion point of the entire nonwoven fabric, more preferably 40% or more, and even more preferably 50% or more. produce. In the non-woven fabric, when the distance between the fiber entanglement point or the fiber fusion point is relatively short, the space between the fibers is small and a liquid film is particularly likely to occur. Therefore, if the liquid film cracking agent is selectively present locally near the fiber entanglement point or the fiber fusion point when the space between the fibers is small, it is particularly effective to exhibit the liquid film cracking effect, which is preferable. In addition, in the case where it is selectively present locally as described above, the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably made to increase the coverage ratio to a relatively small inter-fiber space and to increase the coverage ratio to a relatively large inter-fiber space. Get smaller. Thereby, while the liquid permeability in the nonwoven fabric is maintained, the cracking effect of the portion where the liquid film is likely to be generated due to the large capillary force is effectively exhibited, so that the liquid residue reduction effect of the entire nonwoven fabric becomes higher. The "relatively small inter-fiber space" herein refers to an inter-fiber space having an inter-fiber distance of 1/2 or less with respect to the inter-fiber distance obtained by the above-mentioned (method for measuring the inter-fiber distance). (Confirmation method of local existence state of liquid film cleaving agent) The above-mentioned local existence state of liquid film cleaving agent can be confirmed by the following method. First, the non-woven fabric was cut into 5 mm × 5 mm and mounted on a sample stand using a carbon ribbon. The sample stage was placed in a scanning electron microscope (S4300SE / N, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) without vapor deposition, and set to a low vacuum or vacuum state. Because the ring-shaped reflection electron detector (accessory) is used for detection, the larger the atomic order is, the easier it is to emit reflected electrons. Therefore, it is coated with polyethylene (PE) or polypropylene (PP) that contains more atomic orders than the main constituent. The part of the liquid film cracking agent of carbon atom or hydrogen atom or oxygen atom or silicon atom of polyester (PET) appears whitish, so the state of local existence can be confirmed by whitishness. Moreover, as for the whiteness, the larger the atomic order or the larger the amount of adhesion, the more the whiteness is increased. Moreover, when manufacturing the nonwoven fabric of this invention, the method normally used for such an article can be employ | adopted. For example, as a method for forming a fiber web, a carding method, an air-laid method, a spunbond method, or the like can be used. As the non-woven method of the fiber web, various non-woven methods generally used, such as a hydroentanglement method, a needle punch method, chemical bonding, and dot-like embossing, can be adopted. Among these, from the viewpoint of skin feel, a hot-air nonwoven fabric and a spunbond nonwoven fabric are preferred. The "hot air nonwoven fabric" herein refers to a nonwoven fabric produced by a step (hot air treatment) of blowing a fluid, such as a gas or water vapor, at a temperature of 50 ° C or more onto a fiber web or a nonwoven fabric. The "spunbond nonwoven fabric" refers to a laminated nonwoven fabric manufactured by a spunbond method. Not only the non-woven fabric manufactured using this step, but also the non-woven fabric manufactured by adding this step to the non-woven fabric manufactured by other methods, or the non-woven fabric manufactured by performing some steps after this step. In addition, the nonwoven fabric of the present invention is not limited to those composed of hot air nonwoven fabric or spunbonded nonwoven fabric, and also includes a composite of fiber sheets or films such as hot air nonwoven fabric, spunbonded nonwoven fabric, and other nonwoven fabrics. In the method for producing a non-woven fabric of the present invention, when a liquid film cleaving agent is applied after the non-woven fabric is applied as described above, a method of immersing a raw material non-woven fabric in a solution containing the liquid film cleaving agent may be mentioned. Examples of the solution include a solution obtained by diluting a liquid film cleaving agent with a solvent (hereinafter, this solution is also referred to as a liquid film cleaving agent solution). Examples of the solvent for dilution include alcohols such as ethanol. Moreover, as another method, the method of coating a raw material nonwoven fabric with a separate component of a liquid film cleaving agent, or the solution containing the said liquid film cleaving agent is mentioned. Furthermore, a phosphate ester type anionic surfactant may be mixed in a solution containing the liquid film cleaving agent. In this case, the content ratio of the liquid film cleaving agent to the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant is preferably as described above. As the above-mentioned solvent, a liquid film cleaving agent having a very small water solubility can be used without any particular limitation, or it can be moderately dissolved or dispersed in a solvent and emulsified so as to be easily applied to a non-woven fabric. For example, as a dissolving agent for a liquid film, an organic solvent such as ethanol, methanol, acetone, or hexane can be used, or when an emulsion is prepared, of course, water can be used as a solvent or a dispersion medium for emulsification. Examples of the emulsifier to be used include various surfactants including alkyl phosphate, fatty ammonium, alkyl betaine, sodium alkyl sulfosuccinate, and the like. In addition, the raw material nonwoven fabric refers to the former method of applying a liquid film cleaving agent, and as the production method thereof, a production method generally used as described above can be used without particular limitation. As a method for coating the above-mentioned raw material non-woven fabric, a method that can be used for the non-woven fabric can be employed without particular limitation. Examples include coating by spraying, coating by a slit coater, coating by a gravure method, flexographic method, and dipping method. From the viewpoint of localization of the liquid film cleaving agent near the fiber entanglement point or the fiber fusion point described above, it is preferably a non-woven raw material coated with a non-woven material, more preferably a non-impregnated raw material coated with a non-woven material. method. In the coating method, a coating method using a flexographic method is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of making the local presence of the liquid film cracking agent more apparent. Moreover, as a raw material nonwoven fabric, various nonwoven fabrics can be used without a restriction | limiting in particular. In particular, from the viewpoint of maintaining the localized existence of the liquid film cracking agent, it is preferable that the fiber intersection points are thermally fused or thermally bonded together, and it is more preferable to use the above-mentioned hot air treatment or thermal embossing to separate the fibers with each other. The obtained non-woven fabric was heat-bonded. When the liquid film cleaving agent is attached to the fibers, it is preferably used in the form of a fiber treatment agent containing the liquid film cleaving agent. The solution containing the liquid film cracking agent can also be separately prepared as a separate solution in the form of a fiber treatment agent in advance. The "fiber treatment agent" described here refers to the use of water and a surfactant to emulsify an oily liquid film cracking agent with very little water solubility, etc., to make it easy to coat the raw nonwoven fabric or fibers. Status of processing. In the fiber treatment agent for coating a liquid film cleaving agent, the content ratio of the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably 50% by mass or less based on the mass of the fiber treatment agent. Thereby, the fiber treatment agent can be in a state where the liquid film cleaving agent which becomes an oily component has been stably emulsified in a solvent. From the viewpoint of stable emulsification, the content ratio of the liquid film cracking agent is more preferably 40% by mass or less, and more preferably 30% by mass or less with respect to the mass of the fiber treating agent. In addition, from the viewpoint of achieving localized existence of the liquid film cleaving agent in the non-woven fabric described above, the liquid film cleaving agent moves on the fibers under a moderate viscosity after coating, and is preferably set to the above-mentioned content ratio. Regarding the content ratio of the liquid film cracking agent, from the viewpoint of exhibiting a sufficient liquid film cracking effect, it is preferably 5 mass% or more, more preferably 15 mass% or more, and more preferably relative to the mass of the fiber treatment agent. It is 25 mass% or more. Furthermore, the fiber treatment agent containing a liquid film cleaving agent may contain other agents within a range that does not inhibit the effect of the liquid film cleaving agent. For example, the above-mentioned phosphate anionic surfactant may be contained. In this case, the content ratio of the liquid film cleaving agent to the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant is preferably as described above. In addition, it may contain an antistatic agent or an anti-friction agent used in fiber processing, a hydrophilic agent that imparts moderate hydrophilicity to a nonwoven fabric, an emulsifier that imparts emulsification stability, and the like. As a preferred embodiment of the nonwoven fabric of the present invention, a specific example of a person having an uneven shape will be described. For example, the heat shrinkable fiber shown in FIG. 9 (a first embodiment) can be mentioned. The non-woven fabric 10 shown in FIG. 9 includes the following two layers, that is, an upper layer 11 on the upper surface 1A (the skin abutment surface when the front sheet is made) and a lower surface 1B (a non-skin abutment when the front sheet is made)面) 侧 下层 12。 Surface layer 12. In addition, embossing (pushing) is performed in the thickness direction from the upper surface 1A, and two layers are joined (the part where the embossing has been performed is referred to as an embossed recess (concave-shaped joint portion) 13). The lower layer 12 is a layer that exhibits heat shrinkage of heat-shrinkable fibers. The upper layer 11 is a layer containing non-heat-shrinkable fibers, and the non-heat-shrinkable fibers are locally bonded by a concave-shaped bonding portion 13. The non-heat-shrinkable fibers are not limited to those that do not shrink at all due to heating, and include those that shrink to such an extent that they do not hinder the heat-shrinkage of the heat-shrinkable fibers of the lower layer 12. The non-heat-shrinkable fiber is preferably a non-heat-shrinkable heat-fusible fiber in terms of non-woven fabric using heat. The non-woven fabric 10 can be manufactured, for example, by the raw materials and manufacturing methods described in paragraphs [0032] to [0048] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-187228. In this production, for example, after embossing the laminated body of the upper layer 11 and the lower layer 12 from the upper layer side 11, the heat-shrinkable fiber is heat-shrinked by a heat treatment. At this time, the embossed portions adjacent to each other due to the shrinkage of the fibers are drawn closer to each other and the distance between them is reduced. By this deformation, the fibers of the upper layer 11 are raised on the upper surface 1A side with the embossed concave portion 13 as a base point, thereby forming the convex portion 14. Alternatively, the lower layer 12 showing thermal contraction is laminated on the upper layer in an extended state, and then the above-mentioned embossing process is performed. Thereafter, when the elongation state of the lower layer 12 is released, the upper layer 11 is bulged on the upper surface 1A side to form a convex portion 14. The embossing can be performed by a method generally used such as hot embossing or ultrasonic embossing. The two layers may be bonded by a bonding method using an adhesive. The non-woven fabric 10 manufactured as described above is bonded by pressing the upper layer 11 to the lower layer side 12 in the embossed concave portion (concave joint portion) 13. The embossed recesses 13 are formed in a scatter pattern in the planar direction of the nonwoven fabric 10, and a portion surrounded by the embossed recesses 13 is the convex portion 14 of the above-mentioned upper layer 11. The convex portion 14 is a three-dimensional three-dimensional shape, and is formed into a dome shape, for example. The convex portion 14 formed by the manufacturing method described above is in a state where the fibers are thicker than the lower layer 12. The inside of the convex portion 14 may be filled with fibers as shown in FIG. 9, or may have a hollow portion separated from the upper layer 11 and the lower layer 12. The arrangement of the embossed concave portions 13 and the convex portions 14 may be arbitrary, and for example, they may be arranged in a grid. Examples of the lattice arrangement include an arrangement in which a plurality of rows including a plurality of embossed recesses 13 are arranged, and an interval between the embossed recesses 13 in each row is offset by a half pitch from an adjacent row. In addition, the planar shape of the embossed recesses 13 may be circular, elliptical, triangular, square, or other polygonal shapes when they are arranged in a dot shape, and may be arbitrarily set as appropriate. In addition, the embossed recesses 13 may be arranged in a line shape in addition to being arranged in a point shape. Since the non-woven fabric 10 has a concave-convex surface on the upper surface 1A side, the concave-convex surface has convex portions 14 and embossed concave portions 13. Therefore, the non-woven fabric 10 has excellent shape recovery properties when it is stretched in a flat direction and compression deformation properties when compressed in a thickness direction. In addition, the fiber of the upper layer 11 as described above becomes a relatively fluffy nonwoven fabric. As a result, the user in contact with the non-woven fabric 10 can feel the soft and comfortable skin feel. In addition, the absorbent article in which the non-woven fabric 10 has the upper surface 10A as the skin-contacting surface and the lower surface 1B as the non-skin-contacting surface is composed of a front sheet, which has the unevenness of the convex portion 14 and the embossed concave portion 13 and the skin The contact surface side becomes excellent in air permeability. In addition, the nonwoven fabric 10 reduces the liquid residue by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent or the synergistic action of the liquid film cleaving agent and a phosphate-type anionic surfactant. Thereby, the liquid permeability of the uneven surface and the densely embossed portion can be further improved. In addition, the nonwoven fabric 10 is not limited to the two-layer structure of the upper layer 11 and the lower layer 12, and may have another layer. For example, a single layer or a plurality of layers may be arranged between the upper layer 11 and the lower layer 12, or a single layer or a plurality of layers may be arranged on the upper surface 10A side and the lower surface 10B side of the nonwoven fabric 10. The single layer or plural layers may be a layer having heat-shrinkable fibers or a layer having non-heat-shrinkable fibers. As another specific example of the non-woven fabric of the present invention having an uneven shape, the non-woven fabrics 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, and 70 (second to seventh embodiments) are shown below. First, the non-woven fabric 20 according to the second embodiment has a two-layer structure having a hollow portion 21 as shown in FIG. 10. Both layers contain thermoplastic fibers. The nonwoven fabric 20 includes a joining portion 22 formed by partially thermally fusing the first nonwoven fabric 20A and the second nonwoven fabric 20B. In the non-joined portion surrounded by the joint portion 22, the first nonwoven fabric 20A has a plurality of convex portions 23 protruding in a direction away from the second nonwoven fabric 20B and having a hollow portion 21 inside. The joint portion 22 is a concave portion located between the adjacent convex portions 23 and 23, and together with the convex portion 23, constitutes the unevenness of the first surface 1A. The nonwoven fabric 20 can be formed by a method generally used. For example, after the unevenness of the first nonwoven fabric 20A is formed by the meshing of two uneven rollers, the second nonwoven fabric is bonded to obtain the nonwoven fabric 20. From the viewpoint of forming the non-woven fabric by the engagement of the concave-convex rollers, it is preferable that both the first non-woven fabric 20A and the second non-woven fabric 20B include non-thermoextensible and non-heat-shrinkable heat-fusible fibers. When the non-woven fabric 20 is used as a front sheet in which the first surface 1A faces the skin contact surface side and is laminated on the absorbent body, the nonwoven fabric 20 is excellent in liquid permeability from the first surface 1A side to the second surface 1B side. Specifically, the liquid is transmitted through the hollow portion 21. Moreover, the body pressure of the wearer is applied to the convex portion 23, and the liquid existing in the convex portion 23 moves directly to the second nonwoven fabric 3. Thereby, there is little liquid residue on the 1A side of the first surface. This effect can be continuously exerted at a higher level by the action of the above-mentioned liquid film cleaving agent or the synergistic action of the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant. That is, even when it is used for a long time or there is a large amount of liquid discharge, the liquid permeation path is ensured by the liquid film rupture, so that the liquid permeability as described above can be fully exerted. Next, as shown in FIGS. 11 (A) and 11 (B), the nonwoven fabric 30 according to the third embodiment has a first fiber layer 301 including a thermoplastic fiber and having irregularities on both sides. FIG. 11 (A) shows a nonwoven fabric 30A having a one-layer structure composed of only the first fiber layer 301. FIG. 11 (B) shows a nonwoven fabric 30B having a two-layer structure having a first fiber layer 301 and a second fiber layer 302 joined along the second surface 1B side of the first fiber layer 301. Hereinafter, each nonwoven fabric will be specifically described. The non-woven fabric 30A (first fiber layer 301) shown in FIG. 11 (A) is a first protruding portion 31 protruding from the first surface 1A and a second protruding portion 32 protruding from the second surface 1B side when the nonwoven fabric 30A is viewed in plan. The crossing directions are alternately and continuously arranged. The first projecting portion 31 and the second projecting portion 32 have internal spaces that are open on the opposite surface sides, and these portions form recesses 33 and 34 in the surfaces. Accordingly, the first surface 1A is an uneven shape of the first protruding portion 31 and the recessed portion 34. The second surface 1B is an uneven shape of the second protruding portion 32 and the recessed portion 33. The nonwoven fabric 30A includes a wall portion 35 that connects the first protruding portion 31 and the second protruding portion 32. The wall portion 35 forms a wall surface of the internal space of each of the first protruding portion 31 and the second protruding portion 32, and has a ring structure in a planar direction. The fibers constituting the wall portion 35 have fiber alignment in any direction of the ring structure in a direction connecting the first protruding portion 31 and the second protruding portion 32. Thereby, toughness is generated in the wall portion. As a result, the non-woven fabric 30A has an appropriate cushioning property, and is excellent in recoverability even when a pressure is applied, and it is possible to avoid collapse of each internal space. In addition, since both sides protrude, the dispersion of body pressure is high, and the contact area is also suppressed. Therefore, the skin is soft to the touch and has excellent liquid repellency. The non-woven fabric 30A can be used as the front sheet of an absorbent article with either side as the skin contacting surface side, and can impart appropriate cushioning or soft skin feel to the absorbent article and excellent low liquid return performance. The non-woven fabric 30B shown in FIG. 11 (B) is formed by joining the second fiber layer 302 along the unevenness on the second surface 1B side of the first fiber layer 301 described above. The nonwoven fabric 30B is typically used by using the first surface 1A as the skin contact surface. On the first surface 1A side of the non-woven fabric 30B, the concave-convex shape of the first protruding portion 31 and the recessed portion 34 of the first fiber layer 301 is expanded, and a wall portion having an annular structure between the first protruding portion 31 and the recessed portion 32 is arranged. 35. Therefore, the non-woven fabric 30B also has the above-mentioned fiber orientation of the first fiber layer 301, whereby the wall portion is made tough and the unevenness recovery is excellent. In addition, the non-woven fabric 30B is formed by a hot-air treatment using a hot-air step to form a fiber web, non-woven fabric, and bonding of two layers. Therefore, the non-woven fabric 30B is generally fluffy and has a low unit weight. In particular, the joining of the two fiber layers 301 and 302 is performed by thermal fusion of the fibers with each other using hot air. Therefore, a gap is formed between the fibers in the joint portion between the fiber layers. Also faster. The fiber density of the second fiber layer 302 on the second surface 1B side of the top of the first protrusion 31 of the first fiber layer 301 is lower than the fiber density of the first fiber layer 301 and other portions of the second fiber layer 302 The part 36. The presence of the low fiber density portion 36 allows the first protruding portion 31 of the first fiber layer 301 to be easily dented even at a low load, thereby improving the cushioning property of the nonwoven fabric 30B. When the nonwoven fabric 30B is used as a front sheet of an absorbent article, it is preferable that the first surface 1A side (that is, the first fiber layer 301 side) is the skin contact surface side. In the nonwoven fabric 30 (30A and 30B), the liquid permeation path is always ensured by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent described above, or the synergistic action of the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant. Thereby, the design range for fiber diameter or fiber density becomes wider. In manufacturing the non-woven fabric 30 (30A and 30B), for example, hot air processing in which the fiber web is controlled by hot air temperature and wind speed in multiple stages can be used. For example, the non-woven fabric 30A (the first fiber layer 301) can use the manufacturing methods described in paragraphs [0031] and [0032] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-136790. In addition, as a support for forming unevenness on the fiber web, it is preferable to use a solid protrusion and an opening. For example, the support shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-149370 or the support shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-149371 can be used. Moreover, the nonwoven fabric 30B (laminated nonwoven fabric of the 1st fiber layer 301 and the 2nd fiber layer 302) can be manufactured by laminating | stacking into the fiber web of the 2nd fiber layer 302 in the hot air process of the 1st fiber layer 301 mentioned above. For example, the manufacturing methods described in paragraphs [0042] to [0064] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-124428 can be used. From the viewpoint of forming the nonwoven fabrics 30A and 30B by hot air processing, it is preferable that both the first fiber layer 301 and the second fiber layer 302 are non-thermoextensible and non-heat-shrinkable heat-fusible fibers. Next, as shown in FIG. 12, the nonwoven fabric 40 according to the fourth embodiment includes a layer containing thermoplastic fibers, and has a semi-cylindrical convex portion 41 on the first surface 1A side and is disposed along the side edge of the convex portion 41. A plurality of recessed portions 42 are alternately arranged. A recessed bottom portion 43 including a non-woven fabric is arranged below the recessed portion 42. The fiber density of the bottom 43 of the recessed portion is lower than that of the convex portion 41. In this nonwoven fabric 30, another fiber layer 45 may be partially laminated on the convex portion 41 (see FIG. 13). When the non-woven fabric 40 is incorporated into an absorbent article as a front sheet with the first surface 1A side as the skin contacting surface side, the liquid received by the convex portion 41 easily moves toward the concave portion 42 and the concave portion 43 easily moves toward the concave portion 43. The second surface 1B moves. Thereby, there is less liquid residue and the stickiness of the skin is suppressed. In the non-woven fabric 40, the liquid membrane cracking agent described above, or the action of the liquid membrane cracking agent and an anionic surfactant of the phosphate type, always ensures the liquid permeation path. Thereby, the design range for fiber diameter or fiber density becomes wider. Such a non-woven fabric 40 can be formed by blowing a fluid such as hot air to a portion of the recessed portion 42 and moving the fibers against the fiber web. Thereby, the fiber density of the bottom portion 43 of the recess can be made lower than the periphery thereof. Next, as shown in FIG. 14, the nonwoven fabric 50 according to the fifth embodiment has a concave-convex structure in which strip-shaped convex portions 51 and concave portions 52 extending in one direction (Y direction) are alternately arranged. In addition, in the thickness direction of the non-woven sheet 50, the uneven structure may be divided into three equal parts of a top region 50A, a bottom region 50B, and a side region 50C located therebetween. The nonwoven fabric 50 has a plurality of thermally fused portions 55 constituting the intersections of the fibers 54. Focusing on one constituent fiber 54, as shown in FIG. 15, the constituent fibers 54 have a large-diameter portion 57 sandwiched between two small-diameter portions 56 having a smaller fiber diameter between adjacent fusion portions 55. Thereby, the softness of the nonwoven fabric 50 is improved, and the touch of the skin becomes favorable. In addition, the contact area with the skin in terms of fiber units is reduced to obtain a better dry feeling. From the viewpoint of flexibility, the change point 58 from the small-diameter portion 56 to the large-diameter portion 57 is preferably 1/3 closer to the fusion portion 55 than the interval T between the adjacent fusion portions 55 and 55. Within the range (range of T1 and T3 in Fig. 15). In addition, the combination of the small-diameter portion 56 and the large-diameter portion 57 sandwiched by the small-diameter portion 56 may also exist in the interval T. The small-diameter portion 56 and the large-diameter portion 57 of the constituent fibers are formed by stretching the fibers during the sipe-stretching process of forming the convex portion 51 and the concave portion 52. As the fiber used at this time, a fiber having a high elongation is preferable. For example, a thermally extensible fiber having a length that is changed by heating due to the crystalline state of the resin obtained by the processing steps described in paragraph [0033] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-168715 can be mentioned. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of liquid permeability, the nonwoven fabric 50 preferably has a smaller degree of hydrophilicity at the small-diameter portion than that of the large-diameter portion. The difference in hydrophilicity can be formed by including a stretchable component (hydrophobic component) in the fiber treatment agent attached to the fiber. It is particularly preferable to contain an extensible component and a hydrophilic component. Specifically, if the fiber is stretched by the sipe stretching process described above, the stretchable component diffuses in the stretched small-diameter portion 35 to cause a difference in hydrophilicity between the fiber and the large-diameter portion. In the large-diameter portion, hydrophilic components that are not easily diffused are retained, and the hydrophilicity becomes higher than in the small-diameter portion. Examples of the extensible component include a silicone resin having a low glass transition point and a flexible molecular chain. As the silicone resin, a polymer having a Si-O-Si chain as a main chain can be preferably used. Organic silicone. In addition, from the viewpoint of the above-mentioned liquid permeability, the nonwoven fabric 50 preferably has a fiber density in the side wall region 30C lower than that in the top region 30A and the bottom region 30B. In the non-woven fabric 50, the liquid permeation path is always ensured by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent described above, or the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant. Thereby, the design range for fiber diameter or fiber density becomes wider. The nonwoven fabric 50 may be used alone, or may be laminated with a flat fiber layer to form a laminated nonwoven fabric, or may be laminated on a fibrous layer having unevenness to form a laminated nonwoven fabric integrated along the unevenness. For example, it can be laminated on the second non-woven fabric of the non-woven fabric 20 of the second embodiment (Fig. 10), or it can be laminated on the non-woven fabric 30A or the fourth embodiment of the third embodiment (Fig. 11 (A)) (Fig. 12 or FIG. 13). The non-woven fabric 60 according to the sixth embodiment has a concave-convex shape including heat-extensible fibers. As shown in FIG. 16, the first surface 1A side has a concave-convex shape. On the other hand, the degree of unevenness is extremely small on the second surface 1B side or compared to the first surface 1A side. The uneven shape on the first surface 1A side specifically includes a plurality of convex portions 61 and linear concave portions 62 surrounding the convex portions 61. The recessed portion 62 has a crimped portion where the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric 60 are crimped or adhered, and the heat-extensible fiber is in an unstretched state. The convex portion 62 is a portion where the thermally extensible fiber is thermally stretched and bulged on the first surface 1A side. Therefore, the convex portion 62 becomes a fluffy portion because the fiber density is lower than that of the concave portion 62. In addition, the linear concave portions 62 are arranged in a grid pattern, and convex portions 61 are arranged for walking in each area divided by the grid. Thereby, the non-woven fabric 60 suppresses the contact area with the wearer's skin and effectively prevents stuffiness or spotted rash. In addition, the convex portion 61 in contact with the skin is fluffed by the thermal elongation of the heat-extensible fiber, and has a soft skin feel. In addition, the non-woven fabric 60 may have a single-layer structure or a multiple-layer structure of two or more layers. For example, in the case of a two-layer structure, it is preferable that the layer on the second surface 1B side does not contain a heat-extensible fiber, or the content of the heat-extensible fiber is higher than that of the layer on the first surface 1A side having an uneven shape less. The two layers are preferably joined to the pressing portion of the recessed portion 62. In the non-woven fabric 60, the liquid permeation path is always ensured by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent described above, or the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant. Thereby, the design range for fiber diameter or fiber density becomes wider. Such a nonwoven fabric 60 can be manufactured by the following method. First, the fiber web is subjected to thermal embossing to form linear concave portions 62. At this time, in the recessed portion 62, the heat-extensible fiber is crimped or fused, and is fixed without being thermally stretched. Then, the thermally extensible fibers existing in the portion other than the recessed portion 61 are stretched by hot air processing to form the protruding portion 61, and the nonwoven fabric 60 is formed. Further, as the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric 60, a blend of the above-mentioned heat-extensible fibers and non-thermo-extensible heat-fusible fibers may be used. As such constituent fibers, for example, those described in paragraphs [0013] and [0037] to [0040] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2005-350836, paragraphs [0012] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-1277258, [0024] to [0046], and others. Next, as shown in FIG. 17, the nonwoven fabric 70 according to the seventh embodiment includes a laminated nonwoven fabric including an upper layer 71 and a lower layer 72 of thermoplastic fibers. On the upper layer 71, convex portions 73 and concave portions 74 are alternately arranged, and the concave portions 74 have holes. The fiber density of the concave portion 74 is lower than that of the convex portion 73. The areas where the convex portions 73 and the concave portions 74 are alternately and repeatedly arranged may exist in a part of the upper layer 71 or may exist in the whole. In the case where a region where the convex portion 73 and the concave portion 74 are alternately arranged exists in a part of the upper layer, the area is preferably a liquid-receiving area when the non-woven fabric 70 is used as the front sheet of the absorbent article ( Excretory area). On the other hand, the lower layer 72 has substantially uniform fiber density. The lower layer 72 is laminated at least corresponding to a region where the convex portions 73 and the concave portions 74 are alternately disposed at least in the upper layer 71. With this, the nonwoven fabric 70 has a bulky cushioning property due to the high fiber density of the convex portion 73, and when used as a front sheet of an absorbent article, it becomes difficult to generate liquid return. In addition, the nonwoven fabric 70 is in an open state because the fiber density of the concave portion 74 is low, and therefore the liquid permeability, particularly the high-viscosity liquid, is excellent. In the non-woven fabric 70, the liquid permeation path is always ensured by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent described above, or the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant. Thereby, the design range for fiber diameter or fiber density becomes wider. Such a non-woven fabric 70 can be produced, for example, by the method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 4-24263, page 12 on the lower left column of line 12 to page 8 on the upper right column of line 19. The liquid film cleaving agent of the present invention and the non-woven fabric containing the liquid film cleaving agent can effectively utilize the soft skin touch and the reduction of liquid residue to be applied to various fields. For example, it can be preferably used as a front sheet, a second sheet (arranged on the front surface) in an absorbent article for absorption of liquid discharged from the body such as menstrual cotton, sanitary pads, disposable diapers, incontinence pads and the like. A sheet between the sheet and the absorbent body), an absorbent body, a cover sheet including the absorbent body, a leak-proof sheet, or a wipe sheet for humans, a sheet for skin care, and a cloth for objective lenses. When the nonwoven fabric of the present invention is used as a front sheet or a second sheet of an absorbent article, it is preferable to use the first layer side of the nonwoven fabric as the skin facing surface side. In addition, the liquid film cleaving agent of the present invention is not limited to a non-woven fabric as long as it exerts a function of cracking the liquid film, and can be applied to various fiber materials such as woven fabrics. The basis weight of the fiber web used in the production of the nonwoven fabric of the present invention is appropriately selected depending on the specific use of the target nonwoven fabric. The final basis weight of the nonwoven fabric obtained is preferably 10 g / m 2 Above 100 g / m 2 Below, especially 15 g / m 2 Above 80 g / m 2 the following. The absorbent article used for the absorption of the liquid discharged from the body is typically provided with a front sheet, a back sheet, and an absorbent having a liquid-retaining property interposed between the two sheets. As the absorbent body and the back sheet when the nonwoven fabric of the present invention is used as the front sheet, materials generally used in the technical fields such as those can be used without particular limitation. For example, as the absorber, a fiber aggregate containing a fibrous material such as pulp fiber or a covering sheet with a covering sheet such as toilet paper or a non-woven fabric, or an absorbent polymer held therein can be used. As the back sheet, a liquid-impermeable or water-repellent sheet such as a film of a thermoplastic resin or a laminate of the film and a nonwoven fabric can be used. The back sheet may have water vapor permeability. The absorbent article may further include various members corresponding to specific uses of the absorbent article. The aforementioned components are well known to the practitioner. For example, when an absorbent article is used in disposable diapers or menstrual tampons, one or two or more pairs of three-dimensional protection can be arranged on the left and right sides of the front sheet. Regarding the embodiment described above, the present invention further discloses the following nonwoven fabrics and absorbent articles. <1> A non-woven fabric having a containing portion containing a liquid film cleaving agent and a non-containing portion not containing the liquid film cleaving agent on the surface thereof, and dividing the length of the side of the non-woven fabric surface on which the containing portion and the non-containing portion are arranged For a 5 mm square, the area of the square has one or more interfaces between the containing portion and the non-containing portion. <2> The non-woven fabric according to the above <1>, wherein the spreading coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is 15 mN / m or more. <3> A non-woven fabric whose surface has a containing portion containing the following compound C1 and a non-containing portion not containing the following compound C1, and the side of the nonwoven fabric on which the containing portion and the non-containing portion are arranged is divided into side lengths 5 In the case of a square of mm, there is one or more interfaces between the containing portion and the non-containing portion in the area of the square. [Compound C1] A compound having a spreading coefficient of 15 mN / m or more for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m. <4> The non-woven fabric according to the above <2> or <3>, wherein the spreading coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C1 is more preferably 20 mN / m or more, and more preferably 25 mN / m or more. It is preferably 30 mN / m or more. <5> The non-woven fabric according to any one of <2> to <4>, wherein the interfacial tension of the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C1 to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is preferably 20 mN / m Below, more preferably 17 mN / m or less, still more preferably 13 mN / m or less, even more preferably 10 mN / m or less, particularly preferably 9 mN / m or less, and even more preferably 1 mN / m or less, and Greater than 0 mN / m. <6> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <5>, wherein the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C1 contains a member selected from the group consisting of the following structures X, XY, and YXY A compound of at least one structure. Structure X indicates that> C (A)-(C indicates a carbon atom. Also, <,>, and-indicate a bond. The same applies hereinafter), -C (A) 2 -, -C (A) (B)-,> C (A) -C (R 1 ) ＜ 、 ＞ C (R 1 )-, -C (R 1 ) (R 2 )-, -C (R 1 ) 2 -,> C <and, -Si (R 1 ) 2 O-, -Si (R 1 ) (R 2 ) A siloxane chain having a basic structure in which any one of O- is repeated, or a combination of two or more types, or a mixed chain thereof. Has a hydrogen atom at the end of structure X, or is selected from -C (A) 3 , -C (A) 2 B, -C (A) (B) 2 , -C (A) 2 -C (R 1 ) 3 , -C (R 1 ) 2 A, -C (R 1 ) 3 , And -OSi (R 1 ) 3 , -OSi (R 1 ) 2 (R 2 ), -Si (R 1 ) 3 , -Si (R 1 ) 2 (R 2 ) At least one base in the group. R above 1 Or R 2 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom. A and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. Within structure X 1 , R 2 When there are a plurality of, A, and B, they may be the same as or different from each other. Y represents a hydrophilic group having a hydrophilic property including an atom selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom. When Y is plural, they may be the same as or different from each other. <7> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <6>, wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C1 includes an organic modified polysiloxane containing a polysiloxane surfactant, and the organic Modified polysiloxane, which is selected from the group consisting of amine-modified polysiloxane, epoxy-modified polysiloxane, carboxyl-modified polysiloxane, glycol-modified polysiloxane, methanol-modified polysiloxane, (methyl ) Acrylic-modified polysiloxane, mercapto-modified polysiloxane, phenol-modified polysiloxane, polyether-modified polysiloxane, methylstyrene-modified polysiloxane, long-chain alkyl-modified polysiloxane At least one of the group consisting of oxygen, higher fatty acid ester-modified polysiloxane, higher alkoxy-modified polysiloxane, higher fatty acid-modified polysiloxane, and fluorine-modified polysiloxane. <8> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <7>, wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C1 includes polyoxyalkylene-modified polysiloxane, and the polyoxyalkylene is modified The polysilicon is at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formulas [I] to [IV]. [Chemical 19]
Figure TW201801700AD00020
[Chemical 20]
Figure TW201801700AD00021
[Chemical 21]
Figure TW201801700AD00022
[Chemical 22]
Figure TW201801700AD00023
Where R 31 Represents an alkyl group (preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20. For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, 2-ethylhexyl, nonyl, Decyl). R 32 A single bond or an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propyl group, or a butyl group) is preferable, and the above-mentioned alkylene group is preferable. Plural R 31 Plural R 32 Each may be the same as or different from each other. M 11 The group having a polyoxyalkylene group is preferably a polyoxyalkylene group. Examples of the polyoxyalkylene group include polyoxyethyl groups, polyoxypropyl groups, polyoxybutyl groups, or those obtained by copolymerizing the constituent monomers. m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. In addition, the symbols of the repeating units are determined separately in each of the formulae (I) to (IV), and do not necessarily represent the same integer, and may be different. <9> The non-woven fabric according to the above <1>, in which the liquid film cracking agent has a spreading coefficient of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m greater than 0 mN / m and an interface of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m The tension is 20 mN / m or less. <10> A non-woven fabric having a surface containing a component containing the following compound C2 and a non-containing component not containing the following compound C2, and dividing the side of the surface of the non-woven fabric on which the containing component and the non-containing component are arranged by 5 In the case of a square of mm, there is one or more interfaces between the containing portion and the non-containing portion in the area of the square. [Compound C2] A compound having a spreading coefficient greater than 0 mN / m for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m, and a compound having an interfacial tension of less than 20 mN / m for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m. <11> The non-woven fabric according to the above <9> or <10>, wherein the interfacial tension of the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is preferably 17 mN / m or less, more preferably It is 13 mN / m or less, more preferably 10 mN / m or less, particularly preferably 9 mN / m or less, particularly preferably 1 mN / m or less, and more than 0 mN / m. <12> The nonwoven fabric according to any one of the above <9> to <11>, wherein the spreading coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C2 to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is preferably 9 mN / m or more, more preferably 10 mN / m or more, still more preferably 15 mN / m or more, and 50 mN / m or less. <13> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <1> and <9> to <12>, wherein the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 has a structure selected from the group consisting of the following structures Z, ZY, and YZY A compound of at least one structure in the group. Structure Z means that> C (A)-(C: carbon atom), -C (A) 2 -, -C (A) (B)-,> C (A) -C (R 3 ) ＜ 、 ＞ C (R 3 )-, -C (R 3 ) (R 4 )-, -C (R 3 ) 2 -A hydrocarbon chain in which any one of the basic structures of C, C is repeated, or two or more of them are combined. Has a hydrogen atom at the end of structure Z, or is selected from -C (A) 3 , -C (A) 2 B, -C (A) (B) 2 , -C (A) 2 -C (R 3 ) 3 , -C (R 3 ) 2 A, -C (R 3 ) 3 At least one base in the group. R above 3 Or R 4 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a hydrocarbon group or a fluorine atom in which these are combined. A and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. In structure Z 3 , R 4 When there are a plurality of, A, and B, they may be the same as or different from each other. Y represents a hydrophilic group having a hydrophilic property including an atom selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom. In a plurality of cases, Y may be the same as or different from each other. <14> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <1> and <9> to <13>, wherein the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 includes a member selected from the group consisting of any one of the following formula [V] Polyoxyalkylene (POA) alkyl ether, and polyoxyalkylene glycol having a mass average molecular weight of 1,000 or more, represented by the following formula [VI], stearyl polyether, behenyl polyether, PPG meat At least one compound in the group consisting of myristyl ether, PPG stearyl ether, and PPG behenyl ether. [Chemical 23]
Figure TW201801700AD00024
[Chemical 24]
Figure TW201801700AD00025
Where L twenty one Ether group, amine group, amido group, ester group, carbonyl group, carbonate group, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropyl, polyoxybutyl, or a combination of them Base is bonded to the base. R 51 Contains hydrogen atom, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, 2-ethylhexyl, nonyl, decyl, methoxy, ethoxy, benzene Group, a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a hydrocarbon group formed by combining them, or various substituents of a fluorine atom. In addition, a, b, m, and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n Represents an alkyl group (n = 2m + 1), C a H b Represents an alkylene group (a = 2b). The number of carbon atoms and the number of hydrogen atoms are independently determined in each of the formulae (V) and (VI), and they do not necessarily represent the same integer or may be different. Furthermore,-(C a H b O) m -"M" is an integer of 1 or more. The value of the repeating unit is determined independently in each of the formulas (V) and (VI), and does not necessarily represent the same integer or may be different. <15> The non-woven fabric according to any one of <1> and <9> to <13>, wherein the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 contains a fatty acid selected from the group consisting of the following formula [VII] The glycerol fatty acid ester and pentaerythritol fatty acid ester represented by [VIII-I] or [VIII-II], any one of the following formula [IX], any one of the following formula [X], or the following formula [XI] A glycerin fatty acid ester, a sorbitan fatty acid ester, and a partial esterified product of a pentaerythritol fatty acid ester represented by any one of [XI], a compound having a sterol structure of the following formula [XII], and the following formula [ At least one selected from the group consisting of an alcohol represented by XIII], a fatty acid ester represented by the following formula [XIV], and a wax represented by the following formula [XV]. [Chemical 25]
Figure TW201801700AD00026
In Formula [VII], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n Represents a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids. [Chemical 26]
Figure TW201801700AD00027
[Chemical 27]
Figure TW201801700AD00028
In Formulas [VIII-I] and [VIII-II], m, m ', m'', n, n', and n '' are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other. Here, C m H n , C m 'H n 'And C m '' H n '' Represents a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids. [Chemical 28]
Figure TW201801700AD00029
In Formula [IX], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other. Here, C m H n Represents a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids. [Chemical 29]
Figure TW201801700AD00030
In formula [X], R 52 A straight or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, etc.) having 2 or more and 22 or less carbon atoms. Specific examples include 2-ethylhexyl, lauryl, myristyl, palmyl, stearyl, behenyl, oleyl, and linoleyl. [Chemical 30]
Figure TW201801700AD00031
In Formula [XI], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other. Here, C m H n Represents a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids. [Chemical 31]
Figure TW201801700AD00032
[Chemical 32]
Figure TW201801700AD00033
In Formula [XIII], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n Represents a hydrocarbon group of each of the above alcohols. [Chemical 33]
Figure TW201801700AD00034
In Formula [XIV], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, 2 C m H n It can be the same or different. C m H n -COO- 之 C m H n Represents a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids. -COOC m H n C m H n Represents a hydrocarbon group derived from an ester-forming alcohol. [Chem 34]
Figure TW201801700AD00035
In the formula [XV], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. <16> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <15>, wherein the square area is arranged at a position where it becomes a liquid receiving portion. <17> The non-woven fabric according to the above <16>, in which the liquid-receiving portion is the length direction of the above-mentioned paper diaper or daily sanitary napkin when the above-mentioned non-woven fabric is used as a front sheet of a paper diaper or daily sanitary napkin And the central part in the width direction, when the non-woven fabric is applied as a front sheet of a night sanitary napkin, it is the second from the previous case when the night sanitary napkin is divided into 4 regions in the length direction. The central part of the area in the length direction and the width direction. <18> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <17>, wherein a plurality of the interfaces are present in the area of the square. <19> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <18>, wherein an area ratio of the containing portion to the non-containing portion in the area of the square is greater than 1. <20> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <16> to <19>, wherein at least one of the containing portion is disposed relative to the non-containing portion at any position in the longitudinal direction of the non-woven fabric from the liquid receiving portion. A square whose area ratio is greater than 1. <21> The non-woven fabric according to the above <19> or <20>, wherein the area ratio, that is, the area of the contained portion / the area of the non-containing portion exceeds 1 and is 16 or less, preferably 1.3 or more, and more preferably 1.5 or more Also, it is preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. <22> The nonwoven fabric according to the above <19> or <20>, wherein the area ratio, that is, the area of the contained portion / the area of the non-containing portion is 1.5 or more and 3 or less. <23> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <22>, wherein the containing portion and the non-containing portion are periodically arranged on the surface of the non-woven fabric. <24> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <23>, wherein the contained portion and the non-containing portion both extend in a strip shape in the longitudinal direction, and the strip-shaped contained portion and the non-containing portion are They are alternately arranged in the width direction. <25> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <23>, wherein the containing portion has a circular shape, and the containing portion includes a plurality of containing portions spaced apart from each other along a length direction and a width direction. Dispersed configuration in the direction. <26> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <23>, wherein the containing portion includes a plurality of lines having a geometric shape, and the gap between the containing portions is the non-containing portion. <27> The nonwoven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <23>, wherein the non-containing portion includes a plurality of lines having a geometric shape, and a gap between the non-containing portions is used as the containing portion. <28> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <27>, wherein the sum of the widths of the adjacent containing portions and the non-containing portions is 2500 μm or less. <29> The non-woven fabric according to the above <28>, in which the sum of the widths of the adjacent containing portions and the non-containing portions is 100 μm or more and 2500 μm or less, preferably 2000 μm or less, and more preferably 1500 μm or less Also, it is preferably 500 μm or more, and more preferably 1000 μm or more. <30> The nonwoven fabric as described in said <28> whose sum of the width of the said containing part and the said non-containing part which are adjacent is 1000 micrometers or more and 1500 micrometers or less. <31> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <30>, wherein the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing portion is greater than the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing portion. <32> The nonwoven fabric according to the above <31>, wherein the difference between the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing portion and the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing portion is 5 degrees or more and 70 degrees or less, and preferably 10 degrees or more It is more preferably 20 degrees or more, more preferably 50 degrees or less, and even more preferably 30 degrees or less. <33> The non-woven fabric according to the above <31>, wherein the difference between the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing portion and the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing portion is 20 degrees or more and 30 degrees or less. <34> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <31> to <33>, wherein the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing portion is preferably 90 degrees or less, more preferably 80 degrees or less, and even more preferably 70 Degrees below. <35> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <31> to <34>, wherein the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing portion is preferably 110 ° or less, more preferably 90 ° or less, and even more preferably 80 ° the following. <36> The nonwoven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <35>, wherein the water solubility of the liquid film cracking agent, the compound C1, or the compound C2 is 0 g or more and 0.025 g or less. <37> The nonwoven fabric according to any one of <1> to <36>, wherein the surface tension of the liquid film cracking agent, the compound C1, or the compound C2 is preferably 32 mN / m or less, and more preferably 30 mN / m or less, more preferably 25 mN / m or less, particularly preferably 22 mN / m or less, and more preferably 1 mN / m or more. <38> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <37>, wherein the non-woven fabric has an uneven shape having convex portions and concave portions. <39> The nonwoven fabric according to the above <38>, wherein the top of the convex portion has the containing portion. <40> The nonwoven fabric as described in said <38> or <39> whose said bottom part has the said non-containing part in the bottom part. <41> The nonwoven fabric according to the above <38>, wherein the convex portion corresponds to the containing portion, and the concave portion corresponds to the non-containing portion. <42> The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above <1> to <41>, wherein the liquid film cleaving agent, the compound C1, or the compound C2 is present locally at least in the vicinity of the fiber intersection point or the fiber fusion point. <43> An absorbent article using the nonwoven fabric as described in any one of <1> to <42> as a front sheet. <44> The absorbent article according to the above <43>, wherein the absorbent article is a menstrual tampon. [Examples] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples, but the present invention should not be construed as being limited thereto. In addition, in this embodiment, as long as "part" and "%" are not specified in advance, they are all based on quality. The spread coefficient, the interfacial tension, the surface tension, and the water solubility were measured as described above in an environmental region at a temperature of 25 ° C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. The surface tension, water solubility, and interfacial tension of the liquid film cleaving agent in the following examples were measured by the above-mentioned measurement methods. In addition, the "-" in the following table means that the agent shown in the item name is not used, does not have a value corresponding to the item, and the like. In addition, "←" means the same content as described on the left. (Example 1) A raw material nonwoven fabric having an uneven shape as shown in Fig. 9 was produced by the method described above. The upper layer (layer on the 1A side of the first surface) is a non-heat-shrinkable heat-fusible fiber with a fineness of 1.2 dtex, and the lower layer (layer on the 1B side of the second surface) is a heat-shrinkable fiber of a fineness of 2.3 dtex. At this time, the distance between the fibers in the upper layer is 80 μm, and the distance between the fibers in the lower layer is 60 μm. The basis weight of the nonwoven fabric was 74 g / m 2 . For the uneven structure of the raw material, the polyoxyethylene (POE) modified dimethylpolysiloxane (KF-6015 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) is used in the structure XY by a soft printing method. X contains -Si (CH 3 ) 2 O-dimethyl polysiloxane chain, Y contains-(C 2 H 4 O)-of the POE chain, the terminal group of the POE chain is methyl (CH 3 ), The modification rate is 20%, the polyoxyethylene addition mole number is 3, and the liquid film cracking agent with a mass average molecular weight of 4000 is pattern coated. Thereby, the nonwoven fabric sample S1 in which the containing portion and the non-containing portion have been arranged in the stripe pattern shown in FIG. 1 was prepared. Polyoxyethylene (POE) modified dimethylpolysiloxane as the liquid film cracking agent with respect to the total fiber mass of the nonwoven fabric (OPU), the number of interfaces in a square area with a side length of 5 mm, The area ratio, the width of the contained portion and the width of the non-containing portion, and the sum of the widths are shown in Table 1. The surface tension of the liquid film cracking agent is 21.0 mN / m, and the water solubility is less than 0.0001 g. The spreading coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is 28.8 mN / m, and the interfacial tension for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is 0.2 mN / m. These values are measured by the above-mentioned measurement method. At this time, the "liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN / m" used the following solution, which used a micropipette (ACURA825, manufactured by Socorex Isba SA) to add 100 g of deionized water as a non-ionic interface active substance. Oxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate (manufactured by Kao Corporation, trade name RHEODOL SUPER TW-L120) was 3.75 μL, and the surface tension was adjusted to 50 ± 1 mN / m. The water solubility was measured by adding 0.0001 g of the agent each time. As a result, it was observed that even 0.0001 g was not dissolved, it was set to "below 0.0001 g", and it was observed that 0.0001 g was dissolved but 0.0002 g was not dissolved, it was set to "0.0001 g". Other values are also measured by the same method. (Example 2) The content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cleaving agent with respect to the entire fiber mass of the nonwoven fabric, the number of interfaces in a square area with a side length of 5 mm, the area ratio, the width of the contained portion and the non-containing portion, A non-woven fabric sample S2 of Example 2 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the sum of the widths was set as in Table 1. (Example 3) The content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cracking agent with respect to the entire fiber mass of the nonwoven fabric, the number of interfaces in a square area with a side length of 5 mm, the area ratio, the width of the contained portion and the non-containing portion, A non-woven fabric sample S3 of Example 3 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the sum of the widths was set as in Table 1. (Example 4) The content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cleaving agent with respect to the entire fiber mass of the nonwoven fabric, the number of interfaces in a square area with a side length of 5 mm, the area ratio, the width of the contained portion and the non-containing portion, A non-woven sample S4 of Example 4 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the sum of the widths was set as in Table 1. (Example 5) The content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cleaving agent with respect to the entire fiber mass of the nonwoven fabric, the number of interfaces in a square area with a side length of 5 mm, the area ratio, the width of the contained portion and the non-containing portion, A non-woven fabric sample S5 of Example 5 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the sum of the widths was set as in Table 1. (Example 6) The containing portion and the non-containing portion were arranged in a pattern in which the point shown in Fig. 3-1 (B) was rotated by 90 degrees, and the content ratio of the liquid film cleaving agent to the fiber mass of the entire nonwoven fabric ( OPU), the number of interfaces in a square area with a side length of 5 mm, the ratio of the area, the width of the containing part and the non-containing part, and the sum of the widths are set as shown in Table 1, except that they are set in the same manner as in Example 1. A nonwoven fabric sample S6 of Example 6 was prepared. (Example 7) An epoxy-modified dimethylpolysiloxane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KF-101) as a liquid film cracking agent was used in the structure XY where X contains -Si (CH 3 ) 2 O- dimethyl polysiloxane chain, Y contains-(RC 2 H 3 O)-epoxy group, the modification rate is 32%, the mass average molecular weight is 35800, the liquid film cracking agent is dissolved in the solute ethanol, and the effective component of the liquid film cracking agent is produced in the form of 3.0% by mass Coating solution for liquid film cracking agent. The coating liquid of the liquid film cracking agent is used, and the content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cracking agent with respect to the entire fiber mass of the nonwoven fabric, the number of interfaces in the square area with a side length of 5 mm, the area ratio, and the containing portion The width and the sum of the width of the non-containing portion were set as shown in Table 2. A nonwoven fabric sample S7 of Example 7 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the width and the sum of the widths were set as in Table 2. The surface tension of the liquid film cracking agent is 21.0 mN / m, and the water solubility is less than 0.0001 g. In addition, the spreading coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is 26.0 mN / m, and the interfacial tension for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is 3.0 mN / m. The values are measured by the same method as in Example 1. (Example 8) Tricaprylic / capric glyceride (COCONAD MT manufactured by Kao Corporation) as a liquid film cracking agent uses Z in the structure ZY as * -O-CH (CH 2 O- *) 2 (* Indicates the bonding part), Y contains C 8 H 15 O- or C 10 H 19 O- hydrocarbon chain, fatty acid composition containing 82% caprylic acid, 18% capric acid, and a mass average molecular weight of 550, the liquid film cracking agent is dissolved in solute ethanol, and the effective component of the liquid film cracking agent is 3.0% by mass In the form of a liquid film cracking agent coating liquid. The coating liquid of the liquid film cracking agent is used, and the content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cracking agent with respect to the entire fiber mass of the nonwoven fabric, the number of interfaces in the square area with a side length of 5 mm, the area ratio, and the containing portion The width and the sum of the width of the non-containing portion were set as shown in Table 2. A nonwoven fabric sample S8 of Example 8 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the width and the sum of the widths were set as in Table 2. The surface tension of the liquid film cracking agent was 28.9 mN / m, and the water solubility was less than 0.0001 g. In addition, the spreading coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is 8.8 mN / m, and the interfacial tension for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is 12.3 mN / m. The values are measured by the same method as in Example 1. (Example 9) A liquid isoparaffin wax (Luvitol Lite, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) as a liquid film cracking agent was prepared by dissolving the liquid film cracking agent in solute hexane and using a liquid having a mass average molecular weight of 450. The active ingredient of the film cracking agent was 3.0% by mass, and a coating liquid for a liquid film cracking agent was prepared. The coating liquid of the liquid film cracking agent is used, and the content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cracking agent with respect to the entire fiber mass of the nonwoven fabric, the number of interfaces in the square area with a side length of 5 mm, the area ratio, and the containing portion The width and the sum of the width of the non-containing portion were set as shown in Table 2. A nonwoven fabric sample S9 of Example 9 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the width and the sum of the widths were set as in Table 2. The surface tension of the liquid film cracking agent was 27.0 mN / m, and the water solubility was less than 0.0001 g. In addition, the spreading coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is 14.5 mN / m, and the interfacial tension for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is 8.5 mN / m. The values are measured by the same method as in Example 1. (Examples 10 to 12) The content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cracking agent with respect to the entire fiber mass of the nonwoven fabric, the number of interfaces in the square area with a side length of 5 mm, the ratio of the area, the ratio of the containing portion and the non-containing portion The width and the sum of the widths were set as in Table 2. Except that, the nonwoven fabric samples S10 to S12 of Examples 10 to 12 were produced in the same manner as in Example 1. (Comparative Example 1) The raw nonwoven fabric before application of the liquid film cleaving agent used in Example 1 was directly prepared as the nonwoven fabric sample C1 of Comparative Example 1. (Comparative Example 2) A nonwoven fabric sample C2 of Comparative Example 2 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the liquid film cleaving agent used in Example 1 was applied to the entire surface of the raw nonwoven fabric. (Liquid Residue of Front Sheet (Non-woven Fabric Sample)) Menstrual sanitary napkins for evaluation are prepared. The sanitary napkins used for evaluation are menstrual sanitary napkins as an example of absorbent articles (made by Kao Corporation: Laurier Breathable Cotton Flexible) 30 cm, manufactured in 2014) The front sheet is removed, and a non-woven sample (hereinafter, also referred to as a non-woven sample) is laminated instead of the front sheet, and the periphery is obtained. An acrylic plate having a through hole having an inner diameter of 1 cm was superposed on the surface of each menstrual sanitary napkin, and a fixed load of 100 Pa was applied to the sanitary napkin. Under this load, 6.0 g of suspected blood equivalent to menstrual blood (when defibrillated horse blood manufactured by Baiotesuto Research Co., Ltd. was adjusted to 8.0 cP) was flowed in through a perforation hole of the acrylic plate. In addition, the defibrillated horse blood line used was adjusted at 30 rpm using a TVB10-shaped viscosity meter of Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd. If defibrillated horse blood is left to stand, the part with higher viscosity (red blood cells, etc.) is precipitated, and the part with lower viscosity (plasma) remains as supernatant. The mixing ratio of this part was adjusted so that it might become 8.0 cP. The acrylic plate was removed 60 seconds after a total of 6.0 g of suspected blood flowed in. Next, the weight (W2) of the non-woven sample is measured, and the difference (W2-W1) from the weight (W1) of the non-woven sample before flowing into the suspected blood measured in advance is calculated. The above operation was performed 3 times, and the average value of 3 times was made into the liquid residual amount (mg). The amount of liquid residue is an indicator of how wet the wearer's skin is. The smaller the amount of liquid residue, the better the result. Moreover, the unit of viscosity cP (centipoise) is calculated by 1 cP = 1 × 10 -3 Pa · s are converted. (Liquid flowing length on the surface of the non-woven fabric) The test device uses a mounting portion having a mounting surface with a test sample inclined at 45 ° with respect to the horizontal plane. The menstrual tampon for evaluation using each sample as a front sheet was placed on the mounting portion such that the front sheet faced upward. The menstrual tampon for evaluation was produced by the same method as the measurement of the liquid residual amount of the said surface sheet (non-woven fabric sample). 0.5 g of suspected blood (when defibrillated horse blood made by Baiotesuto Research Co., Ltd. was adjusted to 8.0 cP) was dripped onto the surface of each menstrual tampon for evaluation at a rate of 0.1 g / sec. The distance from the point where the non-woven fabric was first contacted to the point where the test solution was absorbed into the non-woven fabric and did not flow was measured. In addition, the suspected blood used was adjusted by the same method as the above-mentioned measurement of the liquid residual amount of the front sheet (non-woven sample). The above operation was performed 3 times, and the average value of 3 times was made into the liquid flow distance (mm). The liquid flow distance is an indicator of how much the liquid flows on the surface without being absorbed into the test sample, and is easy to leak when worn. The shorter the liquid flow distance, the higher the evaluation. The component composition of the said Example and a comparative example, and each evaluation result regarding this Example and a comparative example are shown in Tables 1 and 2 below. [Table 1]
Figure TW201801700AD00036
 [Table 2]
Figure TW201801700AD00037
 As shown in Tables 1 and 2, the liquid residual amount of Comparative Example 1 not including the liquid film cracking agent was 265 mg. On the other hand, the liquid residual amount of Examples 1 to 12 containing the liquid film cracking agent was less than one and a half of the liquid residual amount of Comparative Example 1, and effective cracking of the liquid film was confirmed. In addition, the liquid residual amount of Comparative Example 2 containing the liquid film cleaving agent on the entire surface was 73 mg. On the other hand, the liquid flow length was 70 mm, which was more than twice the liquid flow length of 33 mm in Comparative Example 1. That is, in Comparative Example 2, the liquid residue was reduced due to cracking of the liquid film. On the other hand, the liquid flow on the surface of the nonwoven fabric was deteriorated, and the liquid flow prevention property was reduced. In contrast, the liquid flow length of Examples 1 to 12 is shorter than the liquid flow length of Comparative Example 2 by 17% or more, and the liquid flow prevention property is improved. That is, Examples 1 to 12 take into consideration both the improvement in the reduction of liquid residue that cannot be achieved in Comparative Examples 1 and 2 and the improvement in the prevention of liquid flow. Furthermore, in Examples 2 to 5, 11, and 12, the liquid flow length of Example 2 in which the area ratio of the contained portion / non-containing portion within a square with a side length of 5 mm was 1 or less was 54 mm, and in contrast, The liquid flow lengths of the embodiments 3 to 5, 11 and 12 with the area ratios greater than 1 were suppressed to be shorter, that is, more than 20% of the liquid flow length of the embodiment 2. That is, it can be seen that when the above-mentioned area ratio is greater than 1, in combination with the effect of reducing the liquid residue, the effect of preventing liquid flow is high. In addition, in Examples 1, 3 to 5, and 10 to 12, the liquid flow length of Example 1 in which the sum of the widths of adjacent contained portions and non-containing portions exceeded 2500 μm was 58 mm. In contrast, the liquid flow lengths of Examples 3 to 5 and 10 to 12 in which the sum of the widths described above were 2500 μm or less were suppressed to be short, that is, more than 30% of the liquid flow length of Example 1. That is, it can be seen that when the sum of the widths described above is 2500 μm or less, the effect of reducing the liquid flow is combined, and the effect of preventing liquid flow is high. The present invention has been described together with its embodiments and examples, but as long as the inventor has not specifically specified it, the present invention is not limited by any details of the description, and it should be considered that the invention should not depart from the scope of the attached patent application. Explain the spirit and scope of a broad range. This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-109602 for which a patent application was filed in Japan on May 31, 2016, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference as part of the description of this specification in.

1‧‧‧纖維
1A‧‧‧第1面
1B‧‧‧第2面
2‧‧‧液膜
3‧‧‧液膜開裂劑
5、10、20、30、40、50、60、70‧‧‧不織布
6‧‧‧含有部
6A‧‧‧相鄰之非含有部間之帶寬
6B‧‧‧圓之直徑
7‧‧‧非含有部
7A‧‧‧相鄰之含有部間之帶寬
7B‧‧‧含有部間之最短距離
8‧‧‧正方形
9‧‧‧界面
11‧‧‧上層
12‧‧‧下層
13‧‧‧壓紋凹部
14‧‧‧凸部
20A‧‧‧第1不織布
20B‧‧‧第2不織布
21‧‧‧中空部
22‧‧‧接合部
23‧‧‧凸部
30A‧‧‧不織布
30B‧‧‧不織布
31‧‧‧第1突出部
32‧‧‧第2突出部
33、34‧‧‧凹部
35‧‧‧壁部
36‧‧‧纖維密度較低之部分
41‧‧‧凸部
42‧‧‧凹部
43‧‧‧凹部底部
45‧‧‧纖維層
50A‧‧‧頂部區域
50B‧‧‧底部區域
50C‧‧‧側部區域
51‧‧‧凸條部
52‧‧‧凹條部
54‧‧‧構成纖維
55‧‧‧熔合部
56‧‧‧小徑部
57‧‧‧大徑部
58‧‧‧小徑部向大徑部之變化點
61‧‧‧凸部
62‧‧‧凹部
71‧‧‧上層
72‧‧‧下層
73‧‧‧凸狀部
74‧‧‧凹狀部
90‧‧‧液滴
100‧‧‧經期衛生棉
110‧‧‧正面片材
120‧‧‧吸收體
130‧‧‧側翼
140‧‧‧防漏溝
150‧‧‧排泄口對向部
301‧‧‧第1纖維層
302‧‧‧第2纖維層1‧‧‧ fiber
1A‧‧‧Part 1
1B‧‧‧Part 2
2‧‧‧ liquid film
3‧‧‧Liquid film cracking agent
5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70‧‧‧ non-woven
6‧‧‧ containing department
6A‧‧‧Bandwidth between adjacent non-containing sections
6B‧‧‧Circle diameter
7‧‧‧ non-contained
7A‧‧‧Bandwidth between adjacent containing sections
7B‧‧‧Including the shortest distance between departments
8‧‧‧ square
9‧‧‧ interface
11‧‧‧ Upper
12‧‧‧ lower level
13‧‧‧ Embossed recess
14‧‧‧ convex
20A‧‧‧The first non-woven fabric
20B‧‧‧The second non-woven fabric
21‧‧‧Hollow
22‧‧‧ Junction
23‧‧‧ convex
30A‧‧‧Non-woven
30B‧‧‧Non-woven
31‧‧‧ 1st protrusion
32‧‧‧ 2nd protrusion
33, 34‧‧‧ recess
35‧‧‧Wall
36‧‧‧ Low density fiber
41‧‧‧ convex
42‧‧‧ Recess
43‧‧‧Bottom of the recess
45‧‧‧fiber layer
50A‧‧‧Top area
50B‧‧‧ bottom area
50C‧‧‧Side area
51‧‧‧ convex section
52‧‧‧ recessed section
54‧‧‧Constituent fiber
55‧‧‧Fusion
56‧‧‧ Trail
57‧‧‧large diameter department
58‧‧‧ Change point from small diameter to large diameter
61‧‧‧ convex
62‧‧‧ Recess
71‧‧‧ Upper
72‧‧‧ lower level
73‧‧‧ convex
74‧‧‧ concave
90‧‧‧ droplet
100‧‧‧menstrual tampons
110‧‧‧Front sheet
120‧‧‧ Absorber
130‧‧‧ Flanks
140‧‧‧Leakproof trench
150‧‧‧ excretion facing
301‧‧‧The first fiber layer
302‧‧‧The second fiber layer

圖1係表示本發明之不織布之較佳實施形態之俯視圖。 圖2係於圖1所示之不織布中，對配置有含有部與非含有部之不織布表面劃分出邊長5 mm之正方形而表示之局部放大俯視圖，(A)係表示上述正方形之外周線不與含有部與非含有部之界面之線重疊的配置，(B)係表示上述正方形之外周線與含有部與非含有部之界面之線局部重疊的配置。 圖3-1(A)及(B)係表示含有部與非含有部之較佳配置圖案之具體例之局部放大俯視圖。 圖3-2(C)及(D)係表示含有部與非含有部之其他較佳配置圖案之具體例之局部放大俯視圖。 圖4係表示於圖1所示之不織布之表面上，液滴於正方形區域內波形化之狀態之說明圖。 圖5係表示將本發明之不織布應用作經期衛生棉之正面片材之情形時的排泄口抵接部的經期衛生棉之局部缺欠俯視圖。 圖6(A)係表示圖1所示之不織布之含有部之寬度、非含有部之寬度及含有部與非含有部之寬度之合計的說明圖，(B)係表示於含有部以圓形狀配置之本發明之不織布之態樣中，含有部之寬度、非含有部之寬度及含有部與非含有部之寬度之合計的說明圖。 圖7係表示形成於不織布之纖維間之間隙之液膜的模式圖。 圖8(A1)～(A4)係自側面模式性地表示本發明之液膜開裂劑使液膜開裂之狀態之說明圖，(B1)～(B4)係自上方模式性地表示本發明之液膜開裂劑使液膜開裂之狀態之說明圖。 圖9係表示本發明之不織布之較佳態樣(第1實施態樣)的不織布之剖視圖。 圖10係將本發明之不織布之另一較佳態樣(第2實施態樣)以局部剖面之形式進行模式性表示的立體圖。 圖11係將本發明之不織布之又一較佳態樣(第3實施態樣)以局部剖面之形式進行模式性表示的立體圖，(A)表示包含1層之不織布，(B)表示包含2層之不織布。 圖12係模式性地表示本發明之不織布之另一較佳態樣(第4實施態樣)之立體圖。 圖13係表示圖12所示之不織布之變化例之立體圖。 圖14係模式性地表示本發明之不織布之另一較佳態樣(第5實施態樣)之立體圖。 圖15係模式性地表示圖14所示之不織布之構成纖維彼此由熱熔合部固定之狀態的說明圖。 圖16係模式性地表示本發明之不織布之另一較佳態樣(第6實施態樣)之立體圖。 圖17係模式性地表示本發明之不織布之另一較佳態樣(第7實施態樣)之立體圖。Fig. 1 is a plan view showing a preferred embodiment of the nonwoven fabric of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a partially enlarged plan view of the non-woven fabric shown in FIG. 1, the surface of the non-woven fabric on which the containing part and the non-containing part are arranged is divided into a square with a length of 5 mm, and (A) is a part of the outer periphery of the square. The arrangement overlapping the line of the interface between the containing portion and the non-containing portion, and (B) shows the arrangement where the outer line of the square partially overlaps the line of the interface between the containing portion and the non-containing portion. Figs. 3-1 (A) and (B) are partial enlarged plan views showing a specific example of a preferable arrangement pattern of a containing portion and a non-containing portion. Fig. 3-2 (C) and (D) are partial enlarged top views which show the specific example of another preferable arrangement pattern of a containing part and a non-containing part. FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which droplets are undulating in a square area on the surface of the non-woven fabric shown in FIG. 1. FIG. FIG. 5 is a plan view showing a partial lack of a menstrual sanitary napkin at an excretion abutment portion when the nonwoven fabric of the present invention is applied as a front sheet of a menstrual sanitary napkin. FIG. 6 (A) is an explanatory diagram showing the width of the containing portion, the width of the non-containing portion, and the total width of the containing portion and the non-containing portion of the non-woven fabric shown in FIG. 1. (B) shows a circular shape of the containing portion. In the aspect of the non-woven fabric of the present invention that is arranged, an explanatory diagram of the total width of the containing portion, the width of the non-containing portion, and the total width of the containing portion and the non-containing portion. Fig. 7 is a schematic view showing a liquid film formed in a gap between fibers of a nonwoven fabric. FIGS. 8 (A1) to (A4) are diagrams schematically showing a state where the liquid film cracking agent of the present invention cracks a liquid film from the side, and (B1) to (B4) schematically show the present invention from above. An explanatory diagram of a state where a liquid film cracking agent causes a liquid film to crack. Fig. 9 is a cross-sectional view of a nonwoven fabric showing a preferred embodiment (a first embodiment) of the nonwoven fabric of the present invention. FIG. 10 is a perspective view schematically showing another preferred embodiment (a second embodiment) of the nonwoven fabric of the present invention in the form of a partial cross-section. FIG. 11 is a perspective view schematically showing another preferred aspect (a third embodiment aspect) of the non-woven fabric of the present invention in the form of a partial cross-section. (A) represents a non-woven fabric including one layer, and (B) represents a two-layer nonwoven fabric. Non-woven fabric. FIG. 12 is a perspective view schematically showing another preferred embodiment (a fourth embodiment) of the nonwoven fabric of the present invention. FIG. 13 is a perspective view showing a modified example of the nonwoven fabric shown in FIG. 12. Fig. 14 is a perspective view schematically showing another preferred embodiment (a fifth embodiment) of the nonwoven fabric of the present invention. FIG. 15 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing a state in which constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric shown in FIG. 14 are fixed to each other by a heat fusion portion. FIG. 16 is a perspective view schematically showing another preferred aspect (sixth embodiment) of the nonwoven fabric of the present invention. FIG. 17 is a perspective view schematically showing another preferred aspect (seventh embodiment) of the nonwoven fabric of the present invention.

無no

Claims (12)

一種不織布，其表面具有包含液膜開裂劑之含有部、與不包含上述液膜開裂劑之非含有部，且對配置有上述含有部及上述非含有部之不織布表面劃分出邊長5 mm之正方形時，於該正方形區域中具有1個以上之上述含有部與上述非含有部之界面。A non-woven fabric having a containing portion containing a liquid film cleaving agent and a non-containing portion not containing the liquid film cleaving agent on the surface thereof, and dividing the surface of the non-woven fabric on which the containing portion and the non-containing portion are arranged by a side length of 5 mm. In the case of a square, there is one or more interfaces between the containing portion and the non-containing portion in the square region. 如請求項1之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數為15 mN/m以上。For example, the non-woven fabric of claim 1, wherein the spreading coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is 15 mN / m or more. 一種不織布，其表面具有包含下述化合物C1之含有部、與不包含下述化合物C1之非含有部，且對配置有上述含有部及上述非含有部之不織布表面劃分出邊長5 mm之正方形時，於該正方形區域中具有1個以上之上述含有部與上述非含有部之界面， [化合物C1] 對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數為15 mN/m以上之化合物。A non-woven fabric having a surface having a containing portion containing the following compound C1 and a non-containing portion not containing the following compound C1, and a surface of the non-woven fabric on which the containing portion and the non-containing portion are arranged is divided into a square with a side length of 5 mm. In this case, there is one or more interfaces between the containing portion and the non-containing portion in the square region, and [Compound C1] is a compound having a spreading coefficient of 15 mN / m or more for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m. 如請求項1之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數大於0 mN/m，對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下。For example, the non-woven fabric of claim 1, wherein the liquid film cracking agent has a spreading coefficient of greater than 0 mN / m for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m, and an interfacial tension of 20 mN / for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m. m or less. 一種不織布，其表面具有包含下述化合物C2之含有部、與不包含下述化合物C2之非含有部，且對配置有上述含有部及上述非含有部之不織布表面劃分出邊長5 mm之正方形時，於該正方形區域中具有1個以上之上述含有部與上述非含有部之界面， [化合物C2] 對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之展佈係數大於0 mN/m，對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下之化合物。A non-woven fabric having a surface having a containing portion containing the following compound C2 and a non-containing portion not containing the following compound C2, and a non-woven fabric surface on which the containing portion and the non-containing portion are arranged is divided into a square with a side length of 5 mm. When there is more than one interface between the containing portion and the non-containing portion in the square area, [Compound C2] has a spreading coefficient for a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN / m greater than 0 mN / m, and for a surface tension A compound having an interfacial tension of 50 mN / m or less for a liquid of 20 mN / m or less. 如請求項1至5中任一項之不織布，其中上述正方形區域係配置於成為受液部之位置。The non-woven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the above-mentioned square area is arranged at a position to be a liquid receiving portion. 如請求項1至5中任一項之不織布，其中於上述正方形區域存在複數個上述界面。The non-woven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein a plurality of the interfaces exist in the square area. 如請求項1至5中任一項之不織布，其中於上述正方形區域，上述含有部相對於上述非含有部之面積比大於1。The non-woven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein an area ratio of the containing portion to the non-containing portion is greater than 1 in the square area. 如請求項1至5中任一項之不織布，其中於不織布表面週期性地配置有上述含有部與上述非含有部。The non-woven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the containing portion and the non-containing portion are periodically arranged on the surface of the non-woven fabric. 如請求項1至5中任一項之不織布，其中相鄰之上述含有部與上述非含有部之寬度之和為2500 μm以下。The non-woven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the sum of the widths of the adjacent containing portions and the non-containing portions is 2500 μm or less. 如請求項1至5中任一項之不織布，其中上述液膜開裂劑、上述化合物C1或上述化合物C2之水溶解度為0 g以上且0.025 g以下。The non-woven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the water film cracking agent, the compound C1, or the compound C2 has a water solubility of 0 g to 0.025 g. 一種吸收性物品，其使用如請求項1至5中任一項之不織布作為正面片材。An absorbent article using a non-woven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 5 as a front sheet.
TW106117482A 2016-05-31 2017-05-26 Non-woven TWI740949B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016109602 2016-05-31
JP??2016-109602 2016-05-31

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201801700A true TW201801700A (en) 2018-01-16
TWI740949B TWI740949B (en) 2021-10-01

Family

ID=60477609

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106117482A TWI740949B (en) 2016-05-31 2017-05-26 Non-woven

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6387148B2 (en)
CN (1) CN109219679B (en)
RU (1) RU2735533C2 (en)
TW (1) TWI740949B (en)
WO (1) WO2017209008A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3933847B2 (en) * 2000-06-19 2007-06-20 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Absorbent articles
JP4342434B2 (en) * 2004-12-27 2009-10-14 花王株式会社 Fiber sheet
US20090221978A1 (en) * 2008-02-15 2009-09-03 Joseph Anthony Gatto Absorbent article with lotion comprising a polypropylene glycol material
JP5927757B2 (en) * 2010-12-24 2016-06-01 Jnc株式会社 Functional sheet
JP5717672B2 (en) * 2012-02-29 2015-05-13 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Absorbent articles
DE102012102519A1 (en) * 2012-03-23 2013-09-26 Pfm Medical Ag Safety pin device, in particular for puncturing a subcutaneously implanted port in a human or animal body
JP6116178B2 (en) * 2012-04-02 2017-04-19 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Absorbent articles
JP6116177B2 (en) * 2012-09-28 2017-04-19 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Absorbent articles
CN103417338B (en) * 2013-07-17 2016-04-13 厦门延江新材料股份有限公司 A kind of three-dimensional non-woven fabric
US10238553B2 (en) * 2013-07-31 2019-03-26 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Treated three-dimensional apertured surge
US10258516B2 (en) * 2013-07-31 2019-04-16 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Treated three-dimensional apertured liners
JP6415119B2 (en) * 2014-06-06 2018-10-31 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Absorbent articles
JP6418818B2 (en) * 2014-06-30 2018-11-07 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Top sheet for absorbent articles
TWI688643B (en) * 2014-12-17 2020-03-21 日商花王股份有限公司 Use of compound for liquid film cracking, use of fiber treatment agent for imparting liquid film cracking properties to fibers, nonwoven fabric, uneven nonwoven fabric, and absorbent articles

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6387148B2 (en) 2018-09-05
CN109219679B (en) 2021-07-16
CN109219679A (en) 2019-01-15
RU2735533C2 (en) 2020-11-03
TWI740949B (en) 2021-10-01
JP2017214695A (en) 2017-12-07
WO2017209008A1 (en) 2017-12-07
RU2018146524A3 (en) 2020-07-09
RU2018146524A (en) 2020-07-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
RU2703625C2 (en) Liquid film cleavage agent
TWI707670B (en) Laminated non-woven fabric
TWI740948B (en) Non-woven
TWI651449B (en) Non-woven
CN109311286B (en) Absorbent article
JP6330083B2 (en) Long fiber nonwoven fabric
CN109196162B (en) Non-woven fabric
TW201801700A (en) Nonwoven fabric
JP6996875B2 (en) Non-woven fabric
JP6366640B2 (en) Non-woven